WO2010111060A1 - P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain - Google Patents

P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010111060A1
WO2010111060A1 PCT/US2010/027303 US2010027303W WO2010111060A1 WO 2010111060 A1 WO2010111060 A1 WO 2010111060A1 US 2010027303 W US2010027303 W US 2010027303W WO 2010111060 A1 WO2010111060 A1 WO 2010111060A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
chry
alkyl
mmol
optionally substituted
groups
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/027303
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Christopher S. Burgey
Brendan M. Crowley
Zhengwu J. Deng
Daniel V. Paone
Craig M. Potteiger
Original Assignee
Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. filed Critical Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.
Priority to US13/258,943 priority Critical patent/US8569512B2/en
Priority to AU2010229144A priority patent/AU2010229144B2/en
Priority to EP10756588.9A priority patent/EP2411001B1/en
Priority to ES10756588.9T priority patent/ES2660892T3/en
Priority to JP2012502098A priority patent/JP2012521429A/en
Priority to CA2755768A priority patent/CA2755768A1/en
Publication of WO2010111060A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010111060A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A61K31/405—Indole-alkanecarboxylic acids; Derivatives thereof, e.g. tryptophan, indomethacin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the invention relates generally to compounds which act as modulators, e.g., antagonists of the P2X3 receptor, compositions and therapeutic uses thereof.
  • Purines acting via an extracellular purinoreceptor, have been implicated as having a variety of physiological and pathological roles. (See, Burnstock (1993) Drug Dev. Res. 28:195-206.) Purinoreceptors (P2) have been generally categorized as either metabotropic nucleotide receptors or ionotropic receptors for extracellular nucleotides.
  • Metabotropic nucleotide receptors (usually designated P2Y or P2Y( n ), where "n" is a subscript integer indicating subtype) are believed to differ from ionotropic receptors (usually designated P2X or P2X( n ) in that they are based on a different fundamental means of transmembrane signal transduction: P2Y receptors operate through a G protein-coupled system, while P2X receptors are ligand-gated ion channels.
  • P2Xi cDNA was cloned from the smooth muscle of the rat vas deferens (Valera et al. (1994) Nature 371:516-519) and P2X 2 cDNA was cloned from PC12 cells (Brake et al. (1994) Nature 371 :519-523).
  • Five other P2X receptors have been found in cDNA libraries by virtue of their sequence similarity to P2Xi and P2X2 - P2X 3 : Lewis et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435, Chen et al.
  • Purinergic receptors in particular, P2X receptors
  • P2X receptors are known to function as homomultimeric cation-permeable ion channels and, in some cases, as heteromeric channels consisting of two different P2X receptor subtypes (Lewis et al., Nature 377:432-435 (1995); Le et al., J. Neurosci. 18:7152-7159 (1998); Torres et al., MoI. Pharmacol. 54:989-993 (1998)).
  • the P2X 2 and P2X 3 subunits form functional channels when expressed alone, and can also form a functional heteromultimeric channel that has properties similar to currents seen in native sensory channels when co-expressed.
  • At least one pair of P2X receptor subtypes, P2X 2 and P2X 3 functions as a heteromeric channel in rat nodose ganglion neurons where it exhibits distinct pharmacological and electrophysiological properties (Lewis et al., supra (1995)).
  • Native P2X receptors are known to form rapidly activated, nonselective cationic channels upon activation by ATP.
  • the channels formed by P2X receptors generally have high Ca 2+ permeability (P(c a > /P( Na ) )•
  • the P2X 3 purinergic receptor is a ligand-gated cation channel that is selectively permeable to small cations.
  • Known Hgands for P2X receptors include natural nucleotides, for example, ATP, UTP, UDP, or synthetic nucleotides, for example 2-methylthioATP.
  • ATP in addition to its function as an intracellular energy donor, is now recognized as an important neurotransmitter or cotransmitter, in both the central and peripheral nervous system (R a levic, V., et al., Pharmacol. Rev., 50:413-492 (1998)). It is released from a variety of cell types, including nerve fibers, upon stimulation and produces diverse effects on many tissues by activation of specific membrane receptors including purinoreceptors (P2 receptor) (See Burnstock, G., Pharmacol. Rev., 24:509-581 (1972); Bumstock, G., Cell Membrane Receptor for Drugs and Hormones: A Multidisciplinary Approach, edited by R. W. Straub and L. Bolid.
  • P2 receptor purinoreceptors
  • ATP can stimulate sensory nerve endings resulting in intense pain and a pronounced increase in sensory nerve discharge.
  • ATP released from damaged cells can evoke pain by activating P2X 3 homomeric receptors, or P2X 2 /P2X 3 heteromeric receptors expressed on nociceptive nerve endings of sensory nerves. This is consistent with reports of the induction of pain by intradermally applied ATP in the human blister-base model; the identification of P2X 3 containing receptor on nociceptive neurons in the tooth pulp; and with reports that P2X antagonists are analgesic in animal models.
  • P2X 3 receptor gene disruption results in a diminished sensitivity to noxious chemical stimuli and reduced pain.
  • the nociceptive effects of exogenously administered ATP and P2X containing receptor agonists have also been demonstrated in laboratory animals. See Bland-Ward et al., Dr. J. Pharmacol. 122:366-371 (1997); Hamilton et al., Br. J. Phamacol. 126:326- 332 (1999).
  • the peripheral nociceptive actions of P2X activation and stimulation of spinal P2X containing receptor also contribute to nociception as indicated by the ability of intrathecaily (i.t.) administered P2 receptor agonists to increase sensitivity to acute and persistent noxious stimuli in rodents.
  • P2X 3 containing receptors P2X 3 and/or P2X 2 / 3
  • these P2X receptors may have a primary role in mediating the nociceptive effects of ATP.
  • compounds which block or inhibit activation of P2X 3 receptors serve to block the pain stimulus.
  • receptor antagonists to compounds which normally activate the P2X 3 receptor and/or P2X 2 /P2X 3 heteromeric channels, such as ATP could successfully block the transmission of pain.
  • modulators of P2X receptors e.g., P2X 3 receptor may find use as analgesics.
  • compounds that block or inhibit activation of P2X 3 receptors also serve to treat genitourinary, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders or receptor antagonists to compounds which normally activate the P2X 3 receptor and/or P2X 2 /P2X 3 heteromeric channels, such as ATP are useful for treatment of genitourinary, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
  • P2X receptors have been studied in a number of neurons including sensory, sympathetic, parasympathetic, mesenteric, and central neurons (Zhong, et al. (1998) Br. J. Pharmacol 125:771-781). These studies indicate that purinergic receptors play a role in afferent neurotransmission from the bladder, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful in the treatment of bladder disorders such as urinary incontinence and other genitourinary diseases or conditions.
  • P2X3 receptors have been shown to be expressed in human colon, and are expressed at higher levels in inflamed colon, than in normal colon (Y. Yiangou et al, Neurokastroenterol Mot (2001) 13:365-69). P2X3 receptors have also been implicated in detection of distension or intraluminal pressure in the intestine and initiation of reflex contractions (X. Bian et al. J. Physiol (2003) 551.1:309-22), and have linked this to coilitis (G. Wynn et al., Am J. Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol (2004) 287:G647-57).
  • P2X3 receptors also have been shown to be expressed in pulmonary neuroepithelial bodies (NEBs), implicating the receptor in pain transmission in the lung (Inge Brouns et al., Am J. Respir Cell MoI Biol (2000) 23:52061). Additionally, P2X2 and P2X3 receptors have been implicated in p ⁇ 2 detection in pulmonary NEBs (W. Rong et al., J. Neurosci (2003) 23(36): 11315-21).
  • the present invention aims to overcome some of the aforementioned drawbacks by providing novel P2X3 receptor antagonists that play a critical role in treating disease states associated with pain, in particular peripheral pain, inflammatory pain, or tissue injury pain that can be treated using a P2X3 receptor subunit modulator.
  • the present invention relates to a novel P2X3 type receptor antagonists of structural formula I:
  • A represents thienopyrazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, or regioisomers thereof;
  • B represents, a bond, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 5-10 heterocyclyl, or C 6-10 aryl;
  • Rl represents H, C 1-6 alkyl. halogen, (CH 2 ) n CF 3 , C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C(R 2 ) 2 OH, -O-, CN, (CH 2 ) n OR 2 , NHC(O)R 2 , (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-6 alkoxy; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of C 1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, (CH 2 ) n CF 3 ,or CN;
  • R 2 represents H, C 1-6 alkyl, CF 3 , OH;
  • R3 represents CR 2 R4R5, (CHR 2 )n C 3-10 cycloalkyl, (CHR 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl, (CHR 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocycle, said cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a ;
  • R 2 and R3 can be combined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a C 5-10 heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a ;
  • R4 and R5 independently represent H, (CH 2 ) n OR 2 , CHF2, (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, CF 3 , CF2, C(O)i-2R 2 , or C 1-6 alkyl; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a ;
  • R6 represents hydrogen, OR 2 , (CH 2 ) n CF 3 , halogen, C(R 2 )2 ⁇ R 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2- 6 alkynyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl, (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a ;
  • R a represents C 1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, OR 2 (CH 2 ) n CF 3 , -O-, C3-6 cycloalkyl, NR 2 C(O)R 2 , C(O)N(R 2 )2, C(R 2 ) 2 OR 2 , C(O)R 2 , O(CH 2 ) n C(O)N(R 2 ) 2 , O(CH 2 ) n
  • n 0 to 4.
  • This invention also relates to compositions and methods for using the compounds disclosed herein. These and other embodiments of the present invention will readily occur to those of ordinary skill in the art in view of the disclosure herein.
  • the present invention relates to a novel P2X3 type receptor antagonists of structural formula I that are useful in treating pain and diseases associated with pain.
  • B is a C 6-10 ary selected from the group consisting of phenyl, or napthyl, preferably phenyl, said phenyl or napthyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a .
  • An embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is a C 5-10 heterocyclyl selected from the group consisting of pryidyl, morpholinyl, pyrazinyl, piperonyl, pyrazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, or furanyl, preferably pyridyl, or thiophenyl, all of which optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a .
  • a subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is pyridyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a and all other variables are as previously described.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a and all other variables are as previously described.
  • B is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a and all other variables are as previously described.
  • Another embodiment of this present invention is realized when B is a bond and all other variabiles are as originally described.
  • A is thienopyrazolyl and all other variables are as previously described.
  • a subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR 2 R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A.
  • Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl portion of the thienopyrazolyl ring structure.
  • A is indazolyl and all other variables are as previously described.
  • a subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR 2 R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A.
  • Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl containing portion of the indazolyl ring structure.
  • A is indolyl and all other variables are as previously described.
  • a subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR 2 R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A.
  • Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the benzyl portion of the indolyl ring structure.
  • Still another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrrole portion of the indolyl ring structure.
  • Still another embodiment of the invention is realized when R 6 represents hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a , and all other variables are as previously described.
  • R 6 represents hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a , and all other variables are as previously described.
  • a sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when R 6 is optionally substituted C i- 6 alkyl, or (CH 2 ) n phenyl.
  • R 6 is a heterocyclyl it is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRy) n thiophenyl, (CHRY) n pyrimidinyl, (CHRy) n furanyl, (CHRY) n thiadiazolyl, (CHRy) n thiazolyl, (CHRY) n pyrazolyl, (CHRy) n oxadiazolyl, (CHRY) n thiazolyl, wherein RY represents H, C 1-6 alkyl, CF 3 , OH, said alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a . Still another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when the R 6 substituent on A is attached to a nitrogen atom.
  • R 2 is hydrogen and R3 is (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRy) n oxidopyridyl, (CHRY) n pyrimidinyl, (CHRy) n triazolyl, (CHRy)nphenyl, (CHRY) n pyrazinyl, (CHRY) n pyrazolyl, (CHRy) n oxadiazolyl, (CHRy) n thiazolyl, (CHRy) n thiadiazolyl, (CHRy) n indazopyridyl,, C 1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy) n C3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a and all other variables are as previously described.
  • R3 is (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRY) n pyrimidinyl, (CHRy) n triazolyl, (CHRY) n pyrazolyl, (CHRy) n oxadiazolyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a .
  • Rl represents H, C 1-6 alkyl, CN, or halogen, preferably halogen selected from the group consisting of fluorine and chlorine.
  • Rl represents H, C 1-6 alkyl, CN, or halogen, preferably halogen selected from the group consisting of fluorine and chlorine.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is realized by the compound of formulas II, HI,
  • Rl, R 2 , Ry, R6 and R3, are as previously described, R 6a is R 6 , and Y is CH or N.
  • R 6a is R 6
  • Y is CH or N.
  • a sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, IV, V, and VI when Y is CH.
  • Another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, IV, V, and VI when Yis N.
  • a sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Rl is H, halogen, CN, or C 1-6 alkyl; R 2 is H; R 6 and R 6a are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n C 3-10 cycloalkyl, (CH 2 ) n C 6-10 aryl, (CH 2 ) n C 5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a ; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRY) n ⁇ xidopyridyl, (CHRY) n Pyrimidinyl, (CHRy) n triazolyl, (CHRy) n thiadiiazolyl, (CHRy)nphenyl, (CH
  • R 6a is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRy) n thiophenyl, (CHRY) n pyrirnidinyl, (CHRY) n phenyl, (CHRy) n C 3-10 cycloalkyl, and C 1-6 alkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of R a
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY) n pyridyl, (CHRy) n oxidopyridyl, (CHRY) n pyrimidinyl, (CHRy) n triazolyl, (CHRY) n pyrazinyl, (CHRY) n pyrazolyl, and (CHRY) n oxadiazolyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to
  • Still another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula II and all variables are as previously described.
  • any variable e.g. aryl, heterocycle, R ⁇ , R ⁇ etc.
  • its definition on each occurrence is independent at every other occurrence.
  • combinations of substituents/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • R a is -O- and attached to a carbon it is referred to as a carbonyl group and when it is attached to a nitrogen (e.g., nitrogen atom on a pyridyl group) or sulfur atom it is referred to aN-oxide and sulfoxide group, respectively.
  • alkyl encompasses groups having the prefix “alk” such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl and means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and heptyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a hydrocarbon radical straight, branched or cyclic containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon to carbon double bond.
  • alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl and cyclohexenyl.
  • alkenyl is C 2 -C 6 alkenyl.
  • Preferred alkynyla are C 2 -C6 alkynyl.
  • Alkenyl “alkynyl” and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond.
  • fluoroalkyl refers to an alkyl substituent as described herin containing at least one flurine substituent.
  • the compounds of this invention include N-oxides such as those disclosed in the definition of R 3 .
  • cycloalkyl refers to a saturated hydrocarbon containing one ring having a specified number of carbon atoms.
  • examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • C 1-6 includes alkyls containing 6, S, 4, 3, 2, or 1 carbon atoms
  • alkoxy as used herein, alone or in combination, includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
  • alkoxy also includes alkyl ether groups, where the term 'alkyl' is defined above, and 'ether' means two alkyl groups with an oxygen atom between them.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, methoxymethane (also referred to as 'dimethyl ether'), and methoxyethane (also referred to as
  • aryl is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of such aryl elements include phenyl, napthyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, or biphenyl.
  • heterocycle, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclic represents a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or stable 8- to 11-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is either saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heterocycle or heterocyclic includes heteroaryl moieties.
  • heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolanyl, furyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, morpholinyl, naphthyrid
  • the heterocyclic group is a heteroaryl group.
  • heteroaryl refers to groups having S to 14 ring atoms, preferably S, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, between one and about three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0, and S.
  • heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, benzothienyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazoiyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isoxazolyl.
  • the heterocyclic group is fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  • fused heterocycles include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl and dihydrobenzofuranyl.
  • heteroaryl represents a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic- or stable 9- to 10-membered fused bicyclic heterocyclic ring system which contains an aromatic ring, any ring of which may be saturated, such as piperidinyl, partially saturated, or unsaturated, such as pyridinyl, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be q ⁇ aternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzimidazole, benzisothiazole, benzisoxazole, benzofuran, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, carboline, cinnoline, ftiran, furazan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indolizine, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, quinazoline, quinoline, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thi
  • heterocycloalkyls examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • heteroatom means O, S or N, selected on an independent basis.
  • a moiety that is substituted is one in which one or more hydrogens have been independently replaced with another chemical substituent.
  • substituted phenyls include 2- flurophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,4fluor-3-propylpheny].
  • substituted n-octyls include 2,4 dimethyl-5-ethyl-octyl and 3-cyclopentyloctyl.
  • Suitable substituents include, without limitation, halo, hydroxy, oxo (e.g., an annular -CH- substituted with oxo is -C(O)-), nitro, halohydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, acylamino, alkylcarbamoyl, arylcarbamoyl, aminoalkyl, acyl, carboxy, hydroxyalkyl, , alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, alkanesulfonamido, arenesulfonamido, aralkylsulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, acyloxy, cyano, and ureido groups.
  • Preferred substituents, which are themselves not further substituted are:
  • Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • the term “mammal” “mammalian” or “mammals” includes humans, as well as animals, such as dogs, cats, horses, pigs and cattle.
  • phrases "effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” mean a concentration of P2X receptor complex modulator sufficient to inhibit or enhance the effect of the P2X receptor complex.
  • Pain means the more or less localized sensation of discomfort, distress, or agony, resulting from the stimulation of specialized nerve endings.
  • pain There are many types of pain, including, but not limited to, lightning pains, phantom pains, shooting pains, acute pain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, complex regional pain, neuralgia, neuropathy, tissue injury pain, and the like (Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary, 28th Edition, W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, Pa.).
  • the goal of treatment of pain is to reduce the degree or severity of pain perceived by a treatment subject.
  • the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures, and individual diastereomers.
  • the atoms may exhibit their natural isotopic abundances, or one or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particular isotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found in nature.
  • the present invention is meant to include all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of generic Formula I.
  • different isotopic forms of hydrogen (H) include protium ( ⁇ H) and deuterium (2H).
  • Protium is the predominant hydrogen isotope found in nature. Enriching for deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such as increasing in vivo half-life or reducing dosage requirements, or may provide a compound useful as a standard for characterization of biological samples.
  • Isotopically-enriched compounds within generic Formula I can be prepared without undue experimentation by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Schemes and Examples herein using appropriate isotopically- enriched reagents and/or intermediates.
  • references to the compounds of structural formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and also salts that are not pharmaceutically acceptable when they are used as precursors to the free compounds or in other synthetic manipulations.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids.
  • inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines.
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, triprop
  • the compound of the present invention When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobroimc, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise compounds of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants.
  • additional therapeutic agents can include, for example, i) opiate agonists or antagonists, ii) calcium channel antagonists, iii) 5HT receptor agonists or antagonists, iv) sodium channel antagonists, v) NMDA receptor agonists or antagonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) NKl antagonists, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs ("NSAID”), ix) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRI”) and/or selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (“SSNRI”), x) tricyclic antidepressant drugs, xi) norepinephrine modulators, xii) lithium, xiii) valproate, xiv) neurontin (gaba
  • compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the present compounds and compositions are useful for the treatment of chronic, visceral, inflammatory and neuropathic pain syndromes. They are useful for the treatment of pain resulting from traumatic nerve injury, nerve compression or entrapment, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, small fiber neuropathy, and diabetic neuropathy.
  • the present compounds and compositions are also useful for the treatment of chronic lower back pain, phantom limb pain, chronic pelvic pain, neuroma pain, complex regional pain syndrome, chronic arthritic pain and related neuralgias, and pain associated with cancer, chemotherapy, HIV and HlY treatment-induced neuropathy.
  • Compounds of this invention may also be utilized as local anesthetics.
  • Compounds of this invention are useful for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome and related disorders, as well as Crohn's disease.
  • the instant compounds have clinical uses for the treatment of epilepsy and partial and generalized tonic seizures. They are also useful for neuroprotection under ischaemic conditions caused by stroke or neural trauma and for treating multiple sclerosis.
  • the present compounds are useful for the treatment of tachyarrhythmias.
  • the instant compounds are useful for the treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders, including mood disorders, such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders, or bipolar disorders, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder; anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalised anxiety disorders.
  • mood disorders such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders
  • bipolar disorders for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder
  • anxiety disorders such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobia
  • mammals including, but not limited to, cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats guinea pigs, or other bovine, ovine, equine, canine, feline, rodent such as mouse, species can be treated.
  • the method can also be practiced in other species, such as avian species (e.g., chickens).
  • a compound of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other anti-depressant or anti-anxiety agents, such as norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), reversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase (RIMAs), serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), ⁇ -adrenoreceptor antagonists, atypical anti-depressants, benzodiazepines, 5-HT 1A agonists or antagonists, especially 5-HT 1 A partial agonists, neurokinin- 1 receptor antagonists, corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • SSRIs selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
  • MAOIs monoamine oxidase inhibitors
  • RIMAs reversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase
  • SNRIs norad
  • compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions and disorders, as well as to prevent other conditions and disorders associated with calcium channel activity.
  • Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the instant compounds can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
  • Dosage levels from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 140 mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of inflammatory and neuropathic pain, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day.
  • inflammatory pain may be effectively treated by the administration of from about O.Olmg to about 75 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 3.5 g per patient per day.
  • Neuropathic pain may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01 mg to about 125 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 5.5 g per patient per day.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5 mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may ary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition.
  • Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg or 1000 mg.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors. Such patient-related factors include the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient. Other factors include the time and route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
  • the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous).
  • compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices.
  • the compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy.
  • such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients.
  • the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
  • compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more therapeutically active compounds.
  • the pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas.
  • solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid.
  • liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water.
  • gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
  • oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions
  • water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used; or in the case of oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets, carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be included.
  • carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be included.
  • tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.
  • tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
  • controlled release means and/or delivery devices may also be used in administering the instant compounds and compositions.
  • any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed.
  • water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
  • carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
  • tablets and capsules are advantageous oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.
  • tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
  • a tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • Each tablet advantageously contains from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule advantageously containing from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient.
  • a tablet, cachet, or capsule conveniently contains 0.1 mg, 1 mg, 5 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, or 500 mg of the active ingredient taken one or two tablets, cachets, or capsules, once, twice, or three times daily.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water.
  • a suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions.
  • the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage, and thus should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, and dusting powder. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a compound represented of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
  • compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid, such as, for example, where the mixture forms unit dose suppositories.
  • suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art.
  • the suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, and preservatives (including anti-oxidants).
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, and preservatives (including anti-oxidants).
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, and preservatives (including anti-oxidants).
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, and preservatives (including anti-oxidants).
  • other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient.
  • the instant compounds can be utilized in combination with one or more therapeutically active compounds.
  • inventive compounds can be advantageously used in combination with i) opiate agonists or antagonists, ii) other calcium channel antagonists, iii) 5HT receptor agonists or antagonists, including 5-HT 1A agonists or antagonists, and 5-HTIA partial agonists, iv) sodium channel antagonists, v) N-methyl-D- aspartate (NMDA) receptor agonists or antagonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) neurokinin receptor 1 (NKl) antagonists, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID), ix) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and/or selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SSNRI), x) tricyclic antidepressant drugs, xi) norepinephrine modulators, xii) lithium, xiii)
  • RT room temperature
  • R a c Racemic
  • SAM aminosulfonyl; sulfonamide or SO 2 NH 2
  • SPA scintillation proximity assay
  • Th (2- or 3-thienyl)
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF Tetrahydrofuran
  • Thi Thiophenediyl
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • TMEDA N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine
  • TMSI trimethylsilyl iodide
  • Tr or trityl N-triphenylmethyl), C 3 H 5 (AUyI), Me (methyl), Et (ethyl), n- Pr (normal propyl), i-Pr (isopropyl), n-Bu (normal butyl), i-Butyl (isobutyl), s-Bu (secondary butyl), t-Bu (tertiary butyl), c-Pr
  • the present compounds can be prepared according to the procedures provided in the Examples.
  • the following Examples further describe, but do not limit, the scope of the invention.
  • NMR data is in the form of delta ( ⁇ ) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent.
  • TMS tetramethylsilane
  • Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. Broad; etc.
  • “Ar” signifies an aromatic signal.
  • the procedures described herein for synthesizing the compounds may include one or more steps of protecting group manipulations and of purification, such as, re-crystallization, distillation, column chromatography, flash chromatography, thin-layer chromatography (TLC), radial chromatography and high-pressure chromatography (HPLC).
  • the products can be characterized using various techniques well known in the chemical arts, including proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H and 13 C NMR), infrared and ultraviolet spectroscopy (IR and UV), X-ray crystallography, elemental analysis and HPLC and mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS).
  • Methods of protecting group manipulation, purification, structure identification and quantification are well known to one skilled in the art of chemical synthesis.
  • solvents are those which will at least partially dissolve one or all of the reactants and will not adversely interact with either the reactants or the product.
  • Suitable solvents are aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g, toluene, xylenes), halogenated solvents (e.g, methylene chloride, chloroform, carbontetrachloride, chlorobenzenes), ethers (e.g, diethyl ether, diisopropylether, tert-butyl methyl ether, diglyme, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole), nitriles (e.g, acetonitrile, propionitrile), ketones (e.g, 2-butanone, dithyl ketone, tert-butyl methyl ketone), alcohols (e.g, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, t-butanol
  • Suitable bases are, generally, alkali metal hydroxides, alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, and calcium hydroxide; alkali metal hydrides and alkaline earth metal hydrides such as lithium hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydride and calcium hydride; alkali metal amides such as lithium amide, sodium amide and potassium amide; alkali metal carbonates and alkaline earth metal carbonates such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, and cesium hydrogen carbonate; alkali metal alkoxides and alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide and magnesium ethoxide; alkali metal alkyls such as methyllithium, n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, t-bultyU
  • compounds of this invention contain one or more stereocenters that may be prepared as single enantiomers or diastereomers, or as mixtures containing two or more enantiomers or diastereomers in any proportion.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared readily according to the following Schemes and specific examples, or modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are themselves known to those of ordinary skill in this art but are not mentioned in greater detail.
  • the general procedures for making the compounds claimed in this invention can be readily understood and appreciated by one skilled in the art from viewing the following Schemes.
  • Amine intermediates of type 1.5 can be prepared from one of several intermediates as shown in Scheme 1. This method utilizes diastereoselective Ellman sulfinimine addition chemistry to generate a pair of diastereomeric sulfanamides. The diastereomers are separated by silica chromatography prior to HCl deprotection to give 1.5. Depending on the substrate either the R or S Ellman reagent is utilized to favor the desired alpha methyl amino compound with the preferred stereo configuration shown.
  • Bicyclic thienopyrazole compounds of type 2.5 can be prepared as outlined in Scheme 2. 3 ,4,5-Tribromo-1H-pyrazole 2.1 is converted to the aldehyde followed by aUcylation with alkyl halides to give 2.2. Aldehyde 2.2 undergoes ring closure to give 2.3 (WO 2006092510). Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords 2 ⁇ , which undergoes Suzuki coupling to give final compounds of type 2.5.
  • Examples of type 3.5 and 3.6 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 3.
  • 3,4,5-Tribromo-1H-pyrazole 3.1 is converted to the aldehyde followed by alkylation with para-methoxybenzyl bromide to give 3.2.
  • Aldehyde 3.2 undergoes ring closure to give 3.3 (WO 2006092510).
  • Thienopynzole 3.3 is arylated with 2,4-difluorophenylboronic acid to afford 3.4.
  • Examples of type 4.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 4.
  • Indazole 4.1 undergoes alkylatjon with a substituted aryl bromide in the presence of CuI (method A) or alkylation with a substitued akyl iodide (method B) to form intermediates of type 4.2.
  • Bromination using NBS followed by Suzuki coupling gives 4.3.
  • Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type 4.4.
  • Examples of type 5.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 5.
  • Indazole 5.1 is brominated with Br 2 followed by arylation with a substituted aryl or heteroaryl bromide to form, intermediates of type 52.
  • Suzuki coupling with aryl or alkenyl boronates gives compounds of type 5.3.
  • An oxidation to further functionalize R 6a is followed by ester hydrolysis and EDC coupling to afford compounds of type 5.4
  • Compounds of sub-embodiment type VII can be prepared analogously by these methods by simply starting with 5-(1H)indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester instead of 6-(1H)indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester.
  • Examples of lype 6.3 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 6. Bromide 6.1 undergoes Suzuki coupling to give 6.2. Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type
  • Examples of type 7.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 7. Indole 7.1 undergoes alkylation with a substituted aryl bromide in the presence of CuI to form intermediates of type 2.2. Bromination using copper(II) bromide followed by Suzuki coupling gives 7.3. Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type 7.4. scheme 7
  • Step A Benzyl [ (1S)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-thioxoethyl]carbamate
  • Step B Benzyl [ (1S)-1-(4H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl)ethyl] carbamate
  • benzyl[(15)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-thioxoethyl]carbamate (13.4 g, 56.2 mmol) in ethanol (1.125 L) was added formic acid hydrazide (20.26 g, 337 mmol) and merc ⁇ ry(ll) chloride (19.85 g, 73.1 mmol). After 1 h the reaction was filtered and concentrated. Saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and ethyl acetate were added.
  • Step C ⁇ SM-(4H-L2.4-Tria ⁇ I-3-yltemanamine
  • Step C (IR)-I -f6 ⁇ Trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl1ethanarnine
  • Step A tert-ButvI ( ⁇ Vl-f ⁇ -ftrifluoromethyn-S-pyridinylJethyl ⁇ carbamate
  • Step B fert-Butyl U l.RVl- ⁇ -oxido-e-ftrifluoromethylVS-DyridinyllethvUcarbamate
  • tert-butyl ⁇ (l ⁇ J-1-f ⁇ -ttrifluoromethyO-S-pyridinyljeihylJcarbamate 0.626 g, 2.157 mmol
  • chloroform 0.1 mL
  • 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-me$hylphenol 24 mg, 0.108 mmol
  • 3-chloroperbenzoic acid 0.665 g, 2.70 mmol
  • Step C ⁇ -RVl-[l-Oxido-6-(trifluoromethy ⁇ -3-pyridinyl]ethanamine hydrochloride
  • tert-butyl ⁇ (l ⁇ )-1-[l-oxido-6-(trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridinyljethyl ⁇ carbamate 140 mg, 0.457 mmol
  • hydrogen chloride 4.0 M in dioxane; 0.343 mL, 1.371 mmol
  • Step A tert-Butyl l ⁇ lRVl-(3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-ylkthy ⁇ carbamate
  • Step B (lRVl-C3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine
  • the vessel was cooled to ambient temperature and the reaction was repressurized with carbon monoxide to 300 psi.
  • the vessel was heated to 90 °C for an additional 4 h.
  • the vessel was cooled to ambient temperature and the remaining carbon monoxide was vented.
  • the mixture was concentrated to half of the volume.
  • Ethyl acetate (500 mL) and water (300 mL) were added.
  • the organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x).
  • the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes ⁇ 70% hexanes/ ethyl acetate) gave the title compound. MS 170.0 (M+l).
  • Step C N-r(l-gH5-Fluor ⁇ Dvridin-2-v ⁇ methvlene1-2-methvlpropane-2-sulfinamide
  • 5-fluoropyridine-2-carbaldehyde 18.49 g, 148 mmol
  • tetrahydrofuran 250 mL
  • hexanes 300 mL
  • ⁇ -(+)-2-methyl-2- propanesulfinamide (19.71 g, 163 mmol)
  • anhydrous copper( ⁇ I) sulfate 59.0 g, 370 mmol
  • Step D A ⁇ -[ClJgV-I -(5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl ' >ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide
  • Step E (lJ?Vl-f5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanamine
  • Step A /erf-Butyl rfl.RVl-(5-fluoropyridin-2-ylkthyl1carbamate
  • Step B tert-Butyl [HJgVl -(5-fluoro-1-oxidopyridin-2-y ⁇ ethyl ' jcarbainate
  • Step C (l/f>-1-f5-Fluoro-1-oxidopyrindin-2-y ⁇ ethanamine
  • Step A Benzyl f(l/?Vl-cyanoethyl]carbamate
  • Steo B Benzyl JYlA, 2ZV2-amino-2-f hvdroxviminoV 1 -methvlethvlicarbamate
  • benzyl [(l ⁇ )-1-cyanoethy.]carbamate (2.52 g, 123 ⁇ nmol) in ⁇ thanol (30 ml) was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride salt ( 0.90 g, 13.0 mmol) and triethylamine (3.43 ml, 24.6 mmol) and the mixture heated to 75 °C. After 16 h, the solution was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in 200 mL of dichloromethane.
  • Step D f lJ?Vl-(5-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-3-yl>ethanamine
  • Step C 2-Methyl- ⁇ ( ⁇ Z ⁇ -f2-ftrifluoromethvnpyrimidin-5-yl1methvlene>Dropane-2-sulfinamide
  • Step E (l.R)-1-f2-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethanamine
  • Step B Ethyl 3-bromo-1-f4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-thieno[2.3-c1pyrazole-5-carboxylate
  • Step C Ethyl S ⁇ -difluorophenylj-l ⁇ -methoxybenzyl)-1H-thieno ⁇ J-clpyrazole-S-carboxylate
  • Step D Ethyl 3-f2.4-difluorophenv ⁇ -1H-thienQ[2.3-c1pyrazole-S-carboxylate
  • Ethyl S ⁇ -difluorophenyO-l ⁇ -methoxybenzyO-1H-thienoP ⁇ -clpyrazole-S- carboxylate (1.0103 g, 2.358 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 1,2-dichloroethane (11.79 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (11.79 ml) at 25 °C in a sealed heavy-walled reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step F 3-f2.4-DifluorophenylViV-r ⁇ JgVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadia2 ⁇ l-5-ynethylV1H-thienor2.3- c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min.
  • the reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL).
  • the combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Step G 3-Q-4-DifluoiOphenylVl-f2-hvdroxyethvn-N-[ ⁇ .R'>-1-f3-methyl-L2-4-oxadia25 ⁇ l-5-vnethyl1-1H- thieno[2.3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide
  • the reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL).
  • the combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO 2 , 40 g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-100%).
  • Step A Ethyl 3-f2.4 ⁇ JifluorophenylVl-f3-hvdroxybufam-2-ylV1H-thie ⁇ of2-3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate
  • ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-mieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate 200 mg, 0.649 mmol
  • potassium carbonate 448 mg, 3.24 mmol
  • N,N-dimethylformamide 6.5 mL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 hr.
  • Step B S-f ⁇ -DifluorOphenylVl-fS-hydroxybutan- ⁇ -ylV1H-thienof ⁇ .S-g ⁇ pyrazole-S-carboxylic acid
  • ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl>l-(3-hydroxybutan-2-yl)-1H-thieno[2,3- c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate 134 mg, 0.352 mmol
  • sodium hydroxide (1 M, 1.06 mL, 1.06 mmol
  • the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 18 hr.
  • Hydrochloric acid (6M, 0.176 mL, 1.06 mmol) was added.
  • Step G 3 ⁇ 2.4-DifluorophenylVl-(3-hvdroxybutan-2-vn-./y-f ⁇ /. ' )-1-(3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5- y ⁇ ethyl]-1H-thienof2.3-c]p ⁇ az9i ⁇ -S-rerboxamide
  • Step A Ethyl S ⁇ -difluorophenylVl-fpyrazin-1-ylVljH ' -thienop.S-clpyrazole-S-carboxylatie
  • Step B 3-f2.4-Pifluorophenv ⁇ -1-fpyrazin-2-yl'>-1H-thieno[2.3-c]pyra2Qle-5-carboxylic acid
  • reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 0.2 mL) and trifiuoroacetic acid (ca 0.2 mL). The reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative ⁇ PLC (Reverse phase (C- 18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.05% ammonium hydroxide, to give the title compound (21.5 mg, 0.046 mmol, 66.3 % yield) as a white solid. KRMS [M+l] found - 468.1063. !
  • Step B Methyl 3-bromo-1-f4-methylphenyl')-1H-indazole-6-carbo?iylate
  • Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (2.7075 g, 10.17 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (102 ml) at 25 °C under Ar. Bromine (1.886 ml, 36.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 60 h. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 35 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 25 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Step D S-f ⁇ -Chlorophenylj-1- ⁇ -methylphenylV1H-indazole- ⁇ -carboxylic acid
  • Step B Methyl 3-bromo-1-isopropyl-1H-inda ⁇ le-6-carboxylate
  • acetonitrile 50 mL
  • bromine 0.60 mL, 11.64 mmol
  • acetic acid 0.10 mL
  • the reaction was stopped, and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL).
  • the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL).
  • Step C Methyl 3-(2-chlorophenylVl-isopropyl-lff-indazole-6-carboxylate
  • Step D S- ⁇ -ChlorophenylM-isopropyl-IH-indazole- ⁇ -carboxylic acid
  • Step E 3-f2 ⁇ ;hlorophenylVl-isopropyl-.V-[(li,)-1-(3-metliyl-1.2.4-oxadia2ol-5-yl ' tethyn-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide
  • Step A Mettiyl S ⁇ .e-difluorophenylVl ⁇ -methylphenylVlH-indazole-e-carboxylate
  • Step C 3-(2.6-Difluorophenviy;V-r ⁇ fl>l-f3-methyl-l ⁇ -oxadiazol-S-yltethviyi ⁇ -methylphenyll1H- i ⁇ dazole-6-carboxamide
  • Step B 3-Bromo- ⁇ f ⁇ JgVl-G-memyl-1.2>4-oxadiazQl-5-yl ⁇ thviyi-f4-methylphenvn-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide
  • reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min.
  • the reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 0.5 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (ca 0.5 mL).
  • the reaction mixture purified directly by preparative HPLC (Reverse phase (C-18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid.
  • the product fractions were concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step C ⁇ -rfl/.Vl-(3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadia2r ⁇ l-5-vnethyl1-1-f4-methylphenylV3 ⁇ prop-1-en-2-ylV1H- i ⁇ dazole-6-carboxamide
  • Step A Methyl 3-bromo-l//-indazole-6-carboxylate
  • 6-(l ⁇ )-indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.5688 g, 8.90 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.38 g, 13.44 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (89 ml) at 25 °C. Bromine (0.554 ml, 10.75 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 20 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (30 mL) and 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate (30 tnL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x SO mL).
  • Step B Methyl 3-bromo-1-(ftiophen-3-ylV1H- ⁇ da; ⁇ le-6-(au-boxylate
  • Methyl 3-bromo-1H-indazoIe-6-carboxylate (1.801 g, 7.06 mmol), 3- bromothiophene (2.00 mL, 21.35 mmol), m» «-1,2-bis(me%lamino)cyclohexane (233 ⁇ L, 1.478 mmol),copper(l) iodide (142.8 mg, 0.750 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (3.10 g, 14.60 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (35 ml) in a sealed tube and heated to 120 °C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 3 h.
  • Step C Methyl 3-fprop-1-en-2-ylVl-fthiophen-3-ylMH-indaa)le-6-carboxylate
  • Step D Methyl S- ⁇ -hydroxypropan- ⁇ -v ⁇ -1-fthiophen-S-ylV1H-indazole- ⁇ -carboxylate
  • Step E S-f ⁇ -Hydroxypropan- ⁇ -yl)-1-fthiophen-S-v ⁇ -1H-indazole- ⁇ -carboxylic acid
  • Step F 3- ⁇ -Hvdroxypropan-2-ylVN-rfli.Vl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyl1-1-( ⁇ miophenO-ylV1H- i ⁇ dazole-6-carboxamide
  • Step A 3-(Morpholin-4-ylVl-(thiophen-3-y1)-l//-inda2ole-6-carboxylic acid
  • Step B JV-r ⁇ -1-r3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyll-3-fmorpholin-4-vn-1-ftliiophen-3-vn-1H- i ⁇ dazole-6-carboxamide
  • Step A Metfayl l ⁇ -meroylphenylMH-indazole-S-carboxylate
  • Step B Methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methylphenylV1H-indazole-S-carboxylate
  • Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl>1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (327.1 mg, 1.228 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (12.300 mL) at 25 °C. Bromine (158 ⁇ L, 3.0575 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Step C methyl 3-(2-chlorophenylVl-f4-methylphenv ⁇ -1- t - r -indazole-5-carboxylate Methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methyIphenyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (150.3 mg,
  • Step D 3-f2-Chlorophenyl')-1-f4-methylphenyl'>-lH ' -indazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Step E 3-f2-Chlorophenvn--V-f ⁇ JgVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyll-1-f4-methylphenylV1H- indazole-5-carboxamide
  • Step B 4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-l -methyl- 1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
  • Step C 4-f4-Fluorophenvn- 1 -methyl-AT-f f 1 RYl -f l-oxido-6-ftrifluoromethvnpyridin-3-ynethyl ⁇ - IH- indole-6-carboxamide
  • Step A Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl ⁇ H-indole-6-carboxylate
  • Step B l-f3-Bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indol-6-yl]ethanone
  • Step C Methyl 3-f2-chlor ⁇ DhenylVl-f4-methylDhenv ⁇ -1H-indole-6-carboxylate
  • 2-chlorophenylboronic acid 73.9 mg, 0.47 mmol
  • cesium carbonate 0.31 g, 0.94 mmol
  • copper(I)chloride 32.8 mg, 0.33 mmol
  • U'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene 18.6 mg, 34.0 ⁇ mol
  • palladjum(ll) acetate 3.5 mg, 16.0 ⁇ mol
  • N,N-dimethylformamide 4.3 mL
  • Step D 3-(2-ChlorophenylVl-f4-methylphenylV1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
  • Step E 3-f2-ChlorophenylV ⁇ 4-methylphenylV.v ' -(flJ?Vl-fl-oxido-6-ftrifluoromethyl>pyridin-3- yl]ethvB-1H-indole-6-carboxamide
  • mice After overnight food-deprivation, male Sprague-Dawley rats are slightly anesthetized (isoflurane) and injected with 1% acetic acid into the colon (1.5 ml) using a cannula of 5 cm in length. After a recovery period of 75 minutes, rats are again slightly anesthetized (isoflurane) and a latex balloon of 1.5 cm in length tightly attached to a catheter is inserted via the anus into the descending colon and rectum. Anesthesia is then immediately discontinued. 15 minutes later, the test substance is administered p.o. 60 minutes after administration, the balloon is filled with 1.2 ml of water and the number of abdominal contractions is counted for 10 minutes.
  • Rats are studied per group. The test is performed blind. The test substance will be evaluated at 3 doses, and compared with the vehicle group. Rats will be euthanized at the end of the experiments by exposure to a mixture of O 2 /CO 2 (20%/80%) followed by CO 2 . Data will be analyzed by comparing treated groups with vehicle control using Mann Whitney U tests.
  • spinal nerve ligation For the spinal nerve ligation (SNL) procedure, male Sprague Dawley rats (100-200 g; Harlan) are anesthetized using isoflurane (1-5%; inhalation). Using aseptic technique, a dorsal midline incision is made from approximately spinal nerve L3 to S2. A combination of sharp and blunt dissection is used to expose the L6/S1 posterior interarticular process. The L6 transverse process is visualized and removed, and the L4 and L5 spinal nerves are exposed distal to their emergence from the intervertebral foramina. The L5 nerve is then tightly ligated with 6-0 silk suture. The muscle is closed with 4-0 absorbable suture and the skin is closed with wound clips.
  • SNL spinal nerve ligation
  • Postoperative monitoring is carried out to assure that animals are exposed to the least amount of pain as possible. Animals are housed in pairs on bedding and are monitored (2x) daily for three days post-operatively by Laboratory Animal Resource staff and then daily by investigator for any signs of possible distress.
  • Pre-surgery mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds are determined, and rats having a threshold ⁇ 15 g are excluded from the study. Following determination of pre-surgery withdrawal thresholds, rats undergo the SNL procedure described above. Between 28-35 days following the surgical procedure, rats are tested for post-surgery thresholds using the procedure described above, and animals displaying a hind paw withdrawal threshold ⁇ 4.0 g are considered allodynic (i.e. mechanical hypersensitivity). Effects of test compounds on SNL-induced mechanical hypersensitivity are determined by dosing the compound along with a vehicle control group and a group receiving the positive comparator pregabalin (20 mg/kg, p.o.). Efficacy in the SNL model is evaluated by determining the % reversal of mechanical hypersensitivity using the formula:
  • CFA Complete Freunds adjuvant
  • mice Male Sprague Dawley rats (300-400 g; Charles River) receive an intradermal injection of CFA (200 ⁇ l, 0.5 mg/ml) into the plantar aspect of the left hind paw and are subsequently returned to their cages where they are maintained on soft bedding. 72 hrs following CFA injection rats are tested for post- CFA mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds by wrapping the rat in a towel and placing the hind paw (either left or right) in a modified Randall-Sellito paw pinch apparatus (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL).
  • CFA 200 ⁇ l, 0.5 mg/ml
  • 72 hrs following CFA injection rats are tested for post- CFA mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds by wrapping the rat in a towel and placing the hind paw (either left or right) in a modified Randall-Sellito paw pinch apparatus (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL).
  • a plastic bar attached to a lever is placed on the dorsum of the hind paw, and an increasing force is applied to the hind paw until the rat vocalizes or pulls its hind paw away from the bar.
  • the raf s hind paw withdrawal threshold is recorded at that point.
  • the mechanical stimulus is applied to each hind paw 2 times, and the average post-CFA mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds are determined for both the IeA and right hind paw.
  • rats receive test compound, vehicle, or the positive comparator naproxen (30 mg/kg, p.o.), and effects of compounds on withdrawal thresholds for the inflamed (CFA) hind paw are determined.
  • Efficacy in the CFA model is evaluated by determining the % reversal of mechanical hypersensitivity using the formula:
  • mice Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighed 2S0-3S0 g were housed in a temperature- and light (12-h light/dark cycle)-controlled room, and were allowed access to food and water ad libitum. The animals were anesthetized with urethane (1.0 g/kg, i.p.). Supplemental urethane was given if necessarily. A lower abdominal midline incision was made to expose the bladder, and a polyethylene catheter (PE-50) was inserted into the bladder dome for recording the intravesical pressure and intravesical infusion of physiological saline at the rate of 0.05 ml/min.
  • PE-50 polyethylene catheter
  • the intravesical pressure was measured using a pressure transducer, and signal was recorded using a multiple channel data acquisition system (Power lab, AD Instruments, Biopac systems, Colorado Springs, CO) at a sampling rate of 10 Hz. After confirming stable inter-micturtion interval and micturition pressure by intravesical infusion of saline, the drugs were administered intravenously (0.25 ml/kg). Intermicturition interval (functional bladder capacity) and micturition pressure (maximum intravesical pressure) were obtained from micturitions prior to dosing (baseline) and between 5 to 30 min after dosing using Chart program (v5.5.4, AD Instruments), and calculated the ratio to baseline.
  • Intermicturition interval functional bladder capacity
  • micturition pressure maximum intravesical pressure
  • Cystometry in rat acetic acid-induced hyper-reflexia model Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighed 250-350 g were housed in a temperature- and light (12-h light/dark cycle)-controlled room, and were allowed access to food and water ad libitum. The animals were anesthetized with urethane (1.0 g/kg, i.p.). Supplemental urethane was given if necessarily. A lower abdominal midline incision was made to expose the bladder, and a polyethylene catheter (PE-SO) was inserted into the bladder dome for recording the intravesical pressure and intravesical infusion at the rate of 0.05 ml/min.
  • PE-SO polyethylene catheter
  • the intravesical pressure was measured using a pressure transducer, and signal was recorded using a multiple channel data acquisition system (Power lab, AD Instruments, Biopac systems, Colorado Springs, CO) at a sampling rate of 10 Hz. After confirming stable inter-micturtion interval and micturition pressure by intravesical infusion of saline, 0.25% of acetic acid-saline solution was infused at the same infusion rate. After 30-60 min, drugs were intravenously infused using infusion pumps at a rate of 10 ⁇ l/rain.
  • Intermicturition interval functional bladder capacity
  • micturition pressure maximal intravesical pressure
  • Human P2X % andP2Xy ⁇ Stable Cell Line - Human P2X 3 receptor cDNA (Accession number NM_002559) was subcloned as a 5'XhoI and 3'HindlH fragment into the expression vector pcDNA5/FRT (Invitrogen).
  • Human P2X 2 receptor cDNA (Accession number NM_174873) was subcloned as a 5'EcoRI and 3'NotI fragment into the expression vector pIRESneo2 (BD Biosciences Clontech). The human P2X ?
  • the stable P2X 3 cell line was propagated in DMEM, 10% FBS, 100 ⁇ g/ml hygromycin, and 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin, and maintained at 37° and 95% humidity.
  • the stable P2X 2/3 cell line was propagated as above with the addition of 500 ⁇ g/ml G418.
  • Intracellular Calcium Measurement to Assess Antagonist Affinity - A fluorescent imaging plate reader (FLIPR; Molecular Devices) was used to monitor intracellular calcium levels using the calcium-chelating dye Fluo-4 (Molecular Probes). The excitation and emission wavelengths used to monitor fluorescence were 488 nm and 530 nm, respectively.
  • Cells expressing either human P2X 3 or human P2X 2/3 were plated at a density of 20,000 cells/well (20 ⁇ l/well) in 384-well black-walled plates approximately 20 hours before beginning the assay.
  • Electrophysiological Assay Cells expressing human P2X 3 receptors were grown to a confluence of 65-85% 20 to 32 hours prior to assay. The cells were dissociated with trypsin, centrifuged, and resuspended in bath solution at a cell density of 1x10 6 cells/ml and loaded onto PatchXpress.
  • the bath solution contained 150 mM NaCl, 4 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1.2 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM HEPES, and 11.1 mM glucose, at pH 7.2.
  • Agonist stock solutions were prepared in H 2 O and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All antagonists were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All experiments were performed on cells under the whole-cell patch clamp configuration at room temperature. Up to 16 individual cells could be patch clamped simultaneously on the PatchXpress instrument.
  • concentration of an antagonist was tested on at least two independent cells.
  • the compounds of this invention were found to be active for the P2X3 receptor.
  • the compounds of formula I have an IC 50 activity of 100 ⁇ M or less for the P2X3 receptor.
  • Many of the compounds of formula 1 have an IC 5 O of less than 200 nM.
  • the compounds below have IC 50 ⁇ 250 nM in the "Intracellular Calcium Measurement to Assess Antagonist Affinity" assay.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The subject invention relates to novel P2X3 receptor antagonists that play a critical role in treating disease states associated with pain, in particular peripheral pain, inflammatory pain, or tissue injury pain that can be treated using a P2X3 receptor subunit modulator.

Description

P2X3, RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR TREATMENT OF PAIN
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates generally to compounds which act as modulators, e.g., antagonists of the P2X3 receptor, compositions and therapeutic uses thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Purines, acting via an extracellular purinoreceptor, have been implicated as having a variety of physiological and pathological roles. (See, Burnstock (1993) Drug Dev. Res. 28:195-206.) Purinoreceptors (P2) have been generally categorized as either metabotropic nucleotide receptors or ionotropic receptors for extracellular nucleotides. Metabotropic nucleotide receptors (usually designated P2Y or P2Y(n), where "n" is a subscript integer indicating subtype) are believed to differ from ionotropic receptors (usually designated P2X or P2X(n) in that they are based on a different fundamental means of transmembrane signal transduction: P2Y receptors operate through a G protein-coupled system, while P2X receptors are ligand-gated ion channels.
At least seven P2X receptors, and the cDNA sequences encoding them, have been identified to date. P2Xi cDNA was cloned from the smooth muscle of the rat vas deferens (Valera et al. (1994) Nature 371:516-519) and P2X2 cDNA was cloned from PC12 cells (Brake et al. (1994) Nature 371 :519-523). Five other P2X receptors have been found in cDNA libraries by virtue of their sequence similarity to P2Xi and P2X2 - P2X3 : Lewis et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435, Chen et al. (1995) Nature 377:428-431; P2X4 : Buell et al. (1996) EMBO J. 15:55- 62, Seguela et al. (1996) J. Neurosci. 16:448-455, Bo et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 375:129-133, Soto et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:3684-3688, Wang et al. (1996) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.220: 196-202; P2X5 : Collo et al. (1996) J. Neurosci. 16:2495-2507, Garcia- Guzman et al. (1996) FEBS Lett. 388:123-127; P2X6 : Collo et al. (1996), supra, Soto et al. (1996) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 223:456-460; P2X7 : Surprenant et al. (1996) Science 272:735-738). For a comparison of the amino acid sequences of rat P2X receptor see Buell et al. (1996) Eur. J. Neurosci. 8:2221-2228.
Purinergic receptors, in particular, P2X receptors, are known to function as homomultimeric cation-permeable ion channels and, in some cases, as heteromeric channels consisting of two different P2X receptor subtypes (Lewis et al., Nature 377:432-435 (1995); Le et al., J. Neurosci. 18:7152-7159 (1998); Torres et al., MoI. Pharmacol. 54:989-993 (1998)). The P2X2 and P2X3 subunits form functional channels when expressed alone, and can also form a functional heteromultimeric channel that has properties similar to currents seen in native sensory channels when co-expressed. At least one pair of P2X receptor subtypes, P2X2 and P2X3, functions as a heteromeric channel in rat nodose ganglion neurons where it exhibits distinct pharmacological and electrophysiological properties (Lewis et al., supra (1995)).
Native P2X receptors are known to form rapidly activated, nonselective cationic channels upon activation by ATP. The channels formed by P2X receptors generally have high Ca2+ permeability (P(ca> /P(Na) )• With respect to individual receptors, the P2X3 purinergic receptor is a ligand-gated cation channel that is selectively permeable to small cations. Known Hgands for P2X receptors include natural nucleotides, for example, ATP, UTP, UDP, or synthetic nucleotides, for example 2-methylthioATP. ATP, in addition to its function as an intracellular energy donor, is now recognized as an important neurotransmitter or cotransmitter, in both the central and peripheral nervous system (Ralevic, V., et al., Pharmacol. Rev., 50:413-492 (1998)). It is released from a variety of cell types, including nerve fibers, upon stimulation and produces diverse effects on many tissues by activation of specific membrane receptors including purinoreceptors (P2 receptor) (See Burnstock, G., Pharmacol. Rev., 24:509-581 (1972); Bumstock, G., Cell Membrane Receptor for Drugs and Hormones: A Multidisciplinary Approach, edited by R. W. Straub and L. Bolid. New York: Raven, 1978, p.107-118). With respect to the P2X purinergic receptor, data suggest that ATP is capable of activating P2X3 homomeric receptors and P2X2 /P2X3 heteromeric receptors where it functions as an excitatory neurotransmitter in the spinal cord dorsal horn and in primary afferents from sensory ganglia. In vitro, co-expression of P2X2 and P2X3 receptor subunits is necessary to produce ATP-gated currents with the properties seen in some sensory neurons. See, Lewis, et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435.
ATP, and to a lesser extent, adenosine, can stimulate sensory nerve endings resulting in intense pain and a pronounced increase in sensory nerve discharge. According to available data, ATP released from damaged cells can evoke pain by activating P2X3 homomeric receptors, or P2X2/P2X3 heteromeric receptors expressed on nociceptive nerve endings of sensory nerves. This is consistent with reports of the induction of pain by intradermally applied ATP in the human blister-base model; the identification of P2X3 containing receptor on nociceptive neurons in the tooth pulp; and with reports that P2X antagonists are analgesic in animal models. To date, research data suggests that the mechanism whereby ATP-induced activation of the P2X purinergic receptors on dorsal root ganglion nerve terminals in the spinal cord and on neurons in the brain results in pain sensation is by the stimulation of the release of glutamate, a key neurotransmitter involved in nociceptive signaling.
It has also been recently demonstrated that P2X3 receptor gene disruption results in a diminished sensitivity to noxious chemical stimuli and reduced pain. The nociceptive effects of exogenously administered ATP and P2X containing receptor agonists have also been demonstrated in laboratory animals. See Bland-Ward et al., Dr. J. Pharmacol. 122:366-371 (1997); Hamilton et al., Br. J. Phamacol. 126:326- 332 (1999). The peripheral nociceptive actions of P2X activation and stimulation of spinal P2X containing receptor also contribute to nociception as indicated by the ability of intrathecaily (i.t.) administered P2 receptor agonists to increase sensitivity to acute and persistent noxious stimuli in rodents. See Driessen et al., Brain Res. 666:182-188 (1994); Tsuda et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 127:449-4S6 (1999); Tsuda et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 128:1497- 1504 (1999). A selective P2 receptor-mediated increase in ectopic neuronal excitability that is localized to damaged sensory afferents has also been recently reported in rats following chronic constriction nerve injury. See Chen et al., NeuroReport 10:2779-2782 (1999). This role in pain transmission is consistent with the observation that the rat P2X3 receptor expression is found primarily in a subset of neurons of the sensory ganglia, which are involved in pain transmission. See Chen et al., Nature 377:428-430 (1995); Vulchanova et al., Neuropharmacol. 36:1229-1242 (1997). See also US20080004442, US200700409609, WO2007041087, WO2006119504, WO200112627, WO2007001973, USSN 61/132178 (Arty. Docket#22407), USSN 61/001376 (Atty. Docket#22408), USSN 61/197869 (Arty. Docket#00018) and WO2007010553.
Taken together, the functional and immunohistochemical localization of P2X3 containing receptors (P2X3 and/or P2X2/3) on sensory nerves indicates that these P2X receptors may have a primary role in mediating the nociceptive effects of ATP. Thus, compounds which block or inhibit activation of P2X3 receptors serve to block the pain stimulus. More, receptor antagonists to compounds which normally activate the P2X3 receptor and/or P2X2/P2X3 heteromeric channels, such as ATP, could successfully block the transmission of pain. Indeed, modulators of P2X receptors, e.g., P2X3 receptor may find use as analgesics.
Additionally, compounds that block or inhibit activation of P2X3 receptors also serve to treat genitourinary, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders or receptor antagonists to compounds which normally activate the P2X3 receptor and/or P2X2/P2X3 heteromeric channels, such as ATP are useful for treatment of genitourinary, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
Burnstock (1999) J. Anatomy 194:335-342; and Ferguson et al. (1997) J. Physiol. 505:503-511 disclose that P2X receptor subunits have been found on afferents in rodent and human bladder urothelium. There data suggests that ATP may be released from epithelial/endothelial cells of the urinary bladder or other hollow organs as a result of distention. ATP released in this manner may serve a role in conveying information to sensory neurons located in subepithelial components, e.g., suburothelial lamina propria (Namasibayam, et al. (1999) BJU Intl. 84:854-860). P2X receptors have been studied in a number of neurons including sensory, sympathetic, parasympathetic, mesenteric, and central neurons (Zhong, et al. (1998) Br. J. Pharmacol 125:771-781). These studies indicate that purinergic receptors play a role in afferent neurotransmission from the bladder, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful in the treatment of bladder disorders such as urinary incontinence and other genitourinary diseases or conditions.
P2X3 receptors have been shown to be expressed in human colon, and are expressed at higher levels in inflamed colon, than in normal colon (Y. Yiangou et al, Neurokastroenterol Mot (2001) 13:365-69). P2X3 receptors have also been implicated in detection of distension or intraluminal pressure in the intestine and initiation of reflex contractions (X. Bian et al. J. Physiol (2003) 551.1:309-22), and have linked this to coilitis (G. Wynn et al., Am J. Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol (2004) 287:G647-57).
P2X3 receptors also have been shown to be expressed in pulmonary neuroepithelial bodies (NEBs), implicating the receptor in pain transmission in the lung (Inge Brouns et al., Am J. Respir Cell MoI Biol (2000) 23:52061). Additionally, P2X2 and P2X3 receptors have been implicated in pθ2 detection in pulmonary NEBs (W. Rong et al., J. Neurosci (2003) 23(36): 11315-21).
However, the utility of available purinergic ligands to evaluate the role of individual P2 receptor subtypes in mammalian physiology has been complicated by the susceptibility of P2 receptor agonists to undergo enzymatic degradation. As well, the study of the role of an individual P2X receptor is hampered by the lack of receptor subtype-specific agonists and antagonists.
Consequently, the state of the art begs an inquiry into methods and/or compounds which will provide the ability to regulate or control the P2X receptors, for example, P2X3, because control of such receptors will provide the ability to minimize pain in patients in need of such treatment. In addition, for both research and therapeutic purposes there is a need in the art for specific agonists and antagonists for each P2X receptor subtype and, in particular, agents that will be effective in vivo, as well as for methods for identifying purinoreceptor-specific agonist and antagonist compounds.
The present invention aims to overcome some of the aforementioned drawbacks by providing novel P2X3 receptor antagonists that play a critical role in treating disease states associated with pain, in particular peripheral pain, inflammatory pain, or tissue injury pain that can be treated using a P2X3 receptor subunit modulator. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel P2X3 type receptor antagonists of structural formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and individual enantiomers and diastereomers thereof wherein: A represents thienopyrazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, or regioisomers thereof;
B represents, a bond, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C5-10 heterocyclyl, or C6-10 aryl;
Rl represents H, C1-6 alkyl. halogen, (CH2)nCF3, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C(R2)2OH, -O-, CN, (CH2)nOR2, NHC(O)R2, (CH2)n C5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)n C6-10 aryl, or C1-6 alkoxy; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of C1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, (CH2)nCF3,or CN;
R2 represents H, C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH;
R3 represents CR2R4R5, (CHR2)n C3-10 cycloalkyl, (CHR2)nC6-10 aryl, (CHR2)n C5-10 heterocycle, said cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
or R2 and R3 can be combined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a C5-10 heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R4 and R5 independently represent H, (CH2)nOR2, CHF2, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)n C6-10 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, CF3, CF2, C(O)i-2R2, or C1-6 alkyl; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R6 represents hydrogen, OR2, (CH2)nCF3, halogen, C(R2)2θR2, C 1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2- 6 alkynyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; Ra represents C 1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, OR2 (CH2)nCF3, -O-, C3-6 cycloalkyl, NR2C(O)R2, C(O)N(R2)2, C(R2)2OR2, C(O)R2, O(CH2)nC(O)N(R2)2, O(CH2)nC(O)OR2, C(0)C5-lθheterocyclyl, NO2, CN, N(R2)2, C(O)OR2, SO2R2, OR2, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, or (CH2)nC6-10 aryl said alkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of C 1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, (CH2)nCF3,or CN; and
n represents 0 to 4.
This invention also relates to compositions and methods for using the compounds disclosed herein. These and other embodiments of the present invention will readily occur to those of ordinary skill in the art in view of the disclosure herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel P2X3 type receptor antagonists of structural formula I that are useful in treating pain and diseases associated with pain.
An embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is a C6-10 ary selected from the group consisting of phenyl, or napthyl, preferably phenyl, said phenyl or napthyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
An embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is a C5-10 heterocyclyl selected from the group consisting of pryidyl, morpholinyl, pyrazinyl, piperonyl, pyrazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, or furanyl, preferably pyridyl, or thiophenyl, all of which optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra. A subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is pyridyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra and all other variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra and all other variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra and all other variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this present invention is realized when B is a bond and all other variabiles are as originally described.
Yet another embodiment of the present invention is realized when B is C3-10 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra and all other variables are as originally described.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when A is thienopyrazolyl and all other variables are as previously described. A subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A. Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl portion of the thienopyrazolyl ring structure.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when A is indazolyl and all other variables are as previously described. A subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A. Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl containing portion of the indazolyl ring structure.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when A is indolyl and all other variables are as previously described. A subembodiment of this invention is realized when -C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A. Another subembodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the benzyl portion of the indolyl ring structure. Still another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when B is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrrole portion of the indolyl ring structure.
Still another embodiment of the invention is realized when R6 represents hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and all other variables are as previously described. A sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when R6 is optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, or (CH2)nphenyl. Another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized wherein when R6 is a heterocyclyl it is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)nthiophenyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)nfuranyl, (CHRY)nthiadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRY)nthiazolyl, wherein RY represents H, C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH, said alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra. Still another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when the R6 substituent on A is attached to a nitrogen atom.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when R2 is hydrogen and R3 is (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRy)nphenyl, (CHRY)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiadiazolyl, (CHRy)nindazopyridyl,, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra and all other variables are as previously described. A sub-embodiment of this invention is realized when R3 is (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
Another embodiment of the present invention is realized when Rl represents H, C 1-6 alkyl, CN, or halogen, preferably halogen selected from the group consisting of fluorine and chlorine. Another embodiment of this invention is realized by the compound of formulas II, HI,
IV, V, VI, and VH:
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein Rl, R2, Ry, R6 and R3, are as previously described, R6a is R6, and Y is CH or N. A sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, IV, V, and VI when Y is CH. Another sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, IV, V, and VI when Yis N. A sub-embodiment of this invention is realized by anyone of the compound of formulas II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Rl is H, halogen, CN, or C1-6 alkyl; R2 is H; R6 and R6a are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC3-10 cycloalkyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRY)nθxidopyridyl, (CHRY)nPyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRy)nthiadiiazolyl, (CHRy)nphenyl, (CHRY)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRY)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra. A further sub-embodiment of the compounds of formulas II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII is realized when R6a is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)nthiophenyl, (CHRY)npyrirnidinyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHRy)nC3-10 cycloalkyl, and C1-6 alkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, and (CHRY)noxadiazolyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
Still another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula II and all variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula
III and all variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula
IV and all variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula
V and all variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula
VI and all variables are as previously described.
Another embodiment of this invention is realized with the compounds of formula
VII and all variables are as previously described.
Examples of compounds of this invention are found in Tables 1-6:
Table 1
Figure imgf000010_0001
Figure imgf000010_0002
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0002
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0002
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000024_0003
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0003
Figure imgf000061_0002
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0003
Figure imgf000062_0002
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and individual enantiomers and diastereomers thereof. When any variable (e.g. aryl, heterocycle, R^, R^ etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent, its definition on each occurrence is independent at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. When Ra is -O- and attached to a carbon it is referred to as a carbonyl group and when it is attached to a nitrogen (e.g., nitrogen atom on a pyridyl group) or sulfur atom it is referred to aN-oxide and sulfoxide group, respectively.
As used herein, "alkyl" encompasses groups having the prefix "alk" such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl and means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and heptyl. "Alkenyl" refers to a hydrocarbon radical straight, branched or cyclic containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon to carbon double bond. Preferred alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl and cyclohexenyl. Preferably, alkenyl is C2-C6 alkenyl. Preferred alkynyla are C2-C6 alkynyl.
"Alkenyl," "alkynyl" and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond.
As used herin, "fluoroalkyl" refers to an alkyl substituent as described herin containing at least one flurine substituent.
The compounds of this invention include N-oxides such as those disclosed in the definition of R3.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated hydrocarbon containing one ring having a specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
The term " C1-6" includes alkyls containing 6, S, 4, 3, 2, or 1 carbon atoms
The term "alkoxy" as used herein, alone or in combination, includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom. The term "alkoxy" also includes alkyl ether groups, where the term 'alkyl' is defined above, and 'ether' means two alkyl groups with an oxygen atom between them. Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, methoxymethane (also referred to as 'dimethyl ether'), and methoxyethane (also referred to as
'ethyl methyl ether').
As used herein, "aryl" is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of such aryl elements include phenyl, napthyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, or biphenyl.
The term heterocycle, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclic, as used herein, represents a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or stable 8- to 11-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is either saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. The term heterocycle or heterocyclic includes heteroaryl moieties. Examples of such heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolanyl, furyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperdinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, qυinoxalinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, thienofuryl, thienothienyl, thienyl and triazolyl.
In certain embodiments, the heterocyclic group is a heteroaryl group. As used herein, the term "heteroaryl" refers to groups having S to 14 ring atoms, preferably S, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, between one and about three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0, and S. heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, benzothienyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazoiyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isoxazolyl.
In certain other embodiments, the heterocyclic group is fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Examples of such fused heterocycles include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl and dihydrobenzofuranyl.
The term "heteroaryl", as used herein except where noted, represents a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic- or stable 9- to 10-membered fused bicyclic heterocyclic ring system which contains an aromatic ring, any ring of which may be saturated, such as piperidinyl, partially saturated, or unsaturated, such as pyridinyl, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be qυaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. Examples of such heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzimidazole, benzisothiazole, benzisoxazole, benzofuran, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, carboline, cinnoline, ftiran, furazan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indolizine, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, quinazoline, quinoline, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazine, triazole, and N-oxides thereof.
Examples of heterocycloalkyls include azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl. The term "heteroatom" means O, S or N, selected on an independent basis.
A moiety that is substituted is one in which one or more hydrogens have been independently replaced with another chemical substituent. As a non-limiting example, substituted phenyls include 2- flurophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,4fluor-3-propylpheny]. As another non- limiting example, substituted n-octyls include 2,4 dimethyl-5-ethyl-octyl and 3-cyclopentyloctyl.
Included within this definition are methylenes (-CH2-) substituted with oxygen to form carbonyl (-CO-).
Unless otherwise stated, as employed herein, when a moiety (e.g., cycloalkyl, hydrocarbyl, aryl, alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, urea, etc.) is described as "optionally substituted" it is meant that the group optionally has from one to four, preferably from one to three, more preferably one or two, non-hydrogen substituents. Suitable substituents include, without limitation, halo, hydroxy, oxo (e.g., an annular -CH- substituted with oxo is -C(O)-), nitro, halohydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, acylamino, alkylcarbamoyl, arylcarbamoyl, aminoalkyl, acyl, carboxy, hydroxyalkyl, , alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, alkanesulfonamido, arenesulfonamido, aralkylsulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, acyloxy, cyano, and ureido groups. Preferred substituents, which are themselves not further substituted (unless expressly stated otherwise) are:
(a) halo, cyano, oxo, carboxy, formyl, nitro, amino, amidino, guanidino, and
(b) C1-C6 alkyl or alkenyl or arylalkyl imino, carbamoyl, azido, carboxamido, mercapto, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, SO2CF3, CF3, Sθ2Me, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, C2-C8 acyl, C2-C8 acylamino, C1-C8 alkylthio, arylalkylthio, arylthio, C1-C8alkylsulfinyl, arylalkylsulfiiyl, arylsulfhyl, C1-C8 alkylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, C0-C6 N-alkylcarbamoyl, C2-C15 N,N dialkylcarbamoyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aroyl, aryloxy, arylalkyl ether, aryl, aryl fused to a cycloalkyl or heterocycle or another aryl ring, C3-C7 heterocycle, or any of these rings fused or spiro-fυsed to a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or aryl, wherein each of the foregoing is further optionally substituted with one more moieties listed in (a), above. "Halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The term "mammal" "mammalian" or "mammals" includes humans, as well as animals, such as dogs, cats, horses, pigs and cattle.
AU patents, patent applications and publications cited herein, whether supra or infra, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety and are deemed representative of the prevailing state of the art.
As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural references unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a primer" includes two or more such primers, reference to "an amino acid" includes more than one such amino acid, and the like.
The phrases "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" mean a concentration of P2X receptor complex modulator sufficient to inhibit or enhance the effect of the P2X receptor complex.
"Pain" means the more or less localized sensation of discomfort, distress, or agony, resulting from the stimulation of specialized nerve endings. There are many types of pain, including, but not limited to, lightning pains, phantom pains, shooting pains, acute pain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, complex regional pain, neuralgia, neuropathy, tissue injury pain, and the like (Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary, 28th Edition, W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, Pa.). The goal of treatment of pain is to reduce the degree or severity of pain perceived by a treatment subject.
Compounds described herein may contain one or more double bonds and may thus give rise to cis/trans isomers as well as other conformational isomers. The present invention includes all such possible isomers as well as mixtures of such isomers unless specifically stated otherwise.
The compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures, and individual diastereomers.
In the compounds of generic Formula I, the atoms may exhibit their natural isotopic abundances, or one or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particular isotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found in nature. The present invention is meant to include all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of generic Formula I. For example, different isotopic forms of hydrogen (H) include protium (^H) and deuterium (2H). Protium is the predominant hydrogen isotope found in nature. Enriching for deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such as increasing in vivo half-life or reducing dosage requirements, or may provide a compound useful as a standard for characterization of biological samples. Isotopically-enriched compounds within generic Formula I can be prepared without undue experimentation by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Schemes and Examples herein using appropriate isotopically- enriched reagents and/or intermediates.
It will be understood that, as used herein, references to the compounds of structural formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and also salts that are not pharmaceutically acceptable when they are used as precursors to the free compounds or in other synthetic manipulations.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, and tromethamine.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobroimc, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise compounds of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants. Such additional therapeutic agents can include, for example, i) opiate agonists or antagonists, ii) calcium channel antagonists, iii) 5HT receptor agonists or antagonists, iv) sodium channel antagonists, v) NMDA receptor agonists or antagonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) NKl antagonists, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs ("NSAID"), ix) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRI") and/or selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors ("SSNRI"), x) tricyclic antidepressant drugs, xi) norepinephrine modulators, xii) lithium, xiii) valproate, xiv) neurontin (gabapentin), xv) prβgabalin, and xvi) sodium channel blockers. The instant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
The present compounds and compositions are useful for the treatment of chronic, visceral, inflammatory and neuropathic pain syndromes. They are useful for the treatment of pain resulting from traumatic nerve injury, nerve compression or entrapment, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, small fiber neuropathy, and diabetic neuropathy. The present compounds and compositions are also useful for the treatment of chronic lower back pain, phantom limb pain, chronic pelvic pain, neuroma pain, complex regional pain syndrome, chronic arthritic pain and related neuralgias, and pain associated with cancer, chemotherapy, HIV and HlY treatment-induced neuropathy. Compounds of this invention may also be utilized as local anesthetics. Compounds of this invention are useful for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome and related disorders, as well as Crohn's disease.
The instant compounds have clinical uses for the treatment of epilepsy and partial and generalized tonic seizures. They are also useful for neuroprotection under ischaemic conditions caused by stroke or neural trauma and for treating multiple sclerosis. The present compounds are useful for the treatment of tachyarrhythmias. Additionally, the instant compounds are useful for the treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders, including mood disorders, such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders, or bipolar disorders, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder; anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalised anxiety disorders. Thus, another aspect of this invention is the use of the compounds of formula I in the manufacture of a medicament to treat pain and other diseases associated with pain.
In addition to primates, such as humans, a variety of other mammals can be treated according to the method of the present invention. For instance, mammals including, but not limited to, cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats guinea pigs, or other bovine, ovine, equine, canine, feline, rodent such as mouse, species can be treated. However, the method can also be practiced in other species, such as avian species (e.g., chickens). It will be appreciated that for the treatment of depression or anxiety, a compound of the present invention may be used in conjunction with other anti-depressant or anti-anxiety agents, such as norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), reversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase (RIMAs), serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), α-adrenoreceptor antagonists, atypical anti-depressants, benzodiazepines, 5-HT1A agonists or antagonists, especially 5-HT1 A partial agonists, neurokinin- 1 receptor antagonists, corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further, it is understood that compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions and disorders, as well as to prevent other conditions and disorders associated with calcium channel activity.
Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the instant compounds can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
Dosage levels from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 140 mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of inflammatory and neuropathic pain, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day. For example, inflammatory pain may be effectively treated by the administration of from about O.Olmg to about 75 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 3.5 g per patient per day. Neuropathic pain may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01 mg to about 125 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 5.5 g per patient per day.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5 mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may ary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg of the active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg or 1000 mg.
It is understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors. Such patient-related factors include the age, body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient. Other factors include the time and route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy. In practice, the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more therapeutically active compounds.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen. As described previously, in preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media can be employed. For example, in the case of oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used; or in the case of oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets, carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be included. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form in which solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. If desired, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, controlled release means and/or delivery devices may also be used in administering the instant compounds and compositions.
In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are advantageous oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. Optionally, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
A tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Each tablet advantageously contains from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule advantageously containing from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient. Thus, a tablet, cachet, or capsule conveniently contains 0.1 mg, 1 mg, 5 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, or 500 mg of the active ingredient taken one or two tablets, cachets, or capsules, once, twice, or three times daily.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability. The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage, and thus should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, and dusting powder. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a compound represented of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid, such as, for example, where the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, and preservatives (including anti-oxidants). Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form.
Further, as described above, the instant compounds can be utilized in combination with one or more therapeutically active compounds. In particular, the inventive compounds can be advantageously used in combination with i) opiate agonists or antagonists, ii) other calcium channel antagonists, iii) 5HT receptor agonists or antagonists, including 5-HT1A agonists or antagonists, and 5-HTIA partial agonists, iv) sodium channel antagonists, v) N-methyl-D- aspartate (NMDA) receptor agonists or antagonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) neurokinin receptor 1 (NKl) antagonists, viii) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID), ix) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and/or selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SSNRI), x) tricyclic antidepressant drugs, xi) norepinephrine modulators, xii) lithium, xiii) valproate, xiv) norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, xv) monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), xvi) reversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase (RIMAs), xvii)alpha- adrenoreceptor antagonists, xviii) atypical anti-depressants, xix) benzodiazepines, xx) corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists, xxi) neurontin (gabapentin) and xxii) pregabalin.
The abbreviations used herein have the following meanings (abbreviations not shown here have their meanings as commonly used unless specifically stated otherwise): Ac (acetyl), Bn (benzyl), Boc (tertiary-butoxy carbonyl), Bop reagent (benzotriazol-1- yloxy)tris(dimethylamino)phosonium hexafluorophosphate, CAMP (cyclic adenosine-3\5'- monophosphate), DAST ((diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride), DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec- 7-ene), DIBAL (diisobutylaluminum hydride), DIEA (diisopropylethyl amine), DMAP (4- (dimethylamino)pyridine), DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide), DPPF (l,l'-bisdiphenylphosphino ferrocene), EDC (l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride), Et3N (triethylamine), GST (glutathione transferase), HOBt (1-hydroxybenzotriazole), LAH (lithium aluminum hydride), Ms (methanesulfonyl; mesyl; or SO2Me), MsO (methanesulfonate or mesylate), MCPBA (meta-chloro perbenzoic acid), NaHMDS (sodium hexamethyldisilazane), NBS (N-bromosuccinimide), NCS (N-chlorosuccinimide), NSAID (non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug), PDE (Phosphodiesterase), Ph (Phenyl), r.t. or RT (room temperature), Rac (Racemic), SAM (aminosulfonyl; sulfonamide or SO2NH2), SPA (scintillation proximity assay), Th (2- or 3-thienyl), TFA (trifluoroacetic acid), THF (Tetrahydrofuran), Thi (Thiophenediyl), TLC (thin layer chromatography), TMEDA (N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine), TMSI (trimethylsilyl iodide), Tr or trityl (N-triphenylmethyl), C3H5 (AUyI), Me (methyl), Et (ethyl), n- Pr (normal propyl), i-Pr (isopropyl), n-Bu (normal butyl), i-Butyl (isobutyl), s-Bu (secondary butyl), t-Bu (tertiary butyl), c-Pr (cyclopropyl), c-Bu (cyclobutyl), c-Pen (cyclopentyl), c-Hex (cyclohexyl).
The present compounds can be prepared according to the procedures provided in the Examples. The following Examples further describe, but do not limit, the scope of the invention.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, the experimental procedures were performed under the following conditions: All operations were carried out at room or ambient temperature; that is, at a temperature in the range of 18-25 °C. Inert gas protection was used when reagents or intermediates were air and moisture sensitive. Evaporation of solvent was carried out using a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure (600-4000pascals: 4.S-30 mm Hg) with a bath temperature of up to 60 °C. The course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) or by high-pressure liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS), and reaction times are given for illustration only. The structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data. When given, yields are for illustration only. When given, NMR data is in the form of delta (δ) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent. Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. Broad; etc. In addition, "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal. Chemical symbols have their usual meanings; the following abbreviations are used: v (volume), w (weight), b.p. (boiling point), m.p. (melting point), L (liter(s)), mL (milliliters), g (gram(s)), mg (milligrams(s)), mol (moles), mmol (millimoles), eq (equivalents)).
The procedures described herein for synthesizing the compounds may include one or more steps of protecting group manipulations and of purification, such as, re-crystallization, distillation, column chromatography, flash chromatography, thin-layer chromatography (TLC), radial chromatography and high-pressure chromatography (HPLC). The products can be characterized using various techniques well known in the chemical arts, including proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance (1H and 13C NMR), infrared and ultraviolet spectroscopy (IR and UV), X-ray crystallography, elemental analysis and HPLC and mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS). Methods of protecting group manipulation, purification, structure identification and quantification are well known to one skilled in the art of chemical synthesis.
Appropriate solvents are those which will at least partially dissolve one or all of the reactants and will not adversely interact with either the reactants or the product. Suitable solvents are aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g, toluene, xylenes), halogenated solvents (e.g, methylene chloride, chloroform, carbontetrachloride, chlorobenzenes), ethers (e.g, diethyl ether, diisopropylether, tert-butyl methyl ether, diglyme, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, anisole), nitriles (e.g, acetonitrile, propionitrile), ketones (e.g, 2-butanone, dithyl ketone, tert-butyl methyl ketone), alcohols (e.g, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, t-butanol), N,N-dimethyl formamide (DMF), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and water. Mixtures of two or more solvents can also be used. Suitable bases are, generally, alkali metal hydroxides, alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, and calcium hydroxide; alkali metal hydrides and alkaline earth metal hydrides such as lithium hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydride and calcium hydride; alkali metal amides such as lithium amide, sodium amide and potassium amide; alkali metal carbonates and alkaline earth metal carbonates such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, and cesium hydrogen carbonate; alkali metal alkoxides and alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide and magnesium ethoxide; alkali metal alkyls such as methyllithium, n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, t-bultyUithiurn, phenyllithium, alkyl magnaesium halides, organic bases such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, triisopropylamine, N,N-diisopropylethyl amine, piperidine, N-methyl piperidine, morpholine, N-methyl morpholine, pyridine, collidines, lutidines, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine; and bicyclic amines such as D8U and DABCO.
It is understood that the functional groups present in compounds described in the examples below can be further manipulated, when appropriate, using the standard functional group transformation techniques available to those skilled in the art, to provide desired compounds described in this invention.
It is also understood that compounds of this invention contain one or more stereocenters that may be prepared as single enantiomers or diastereomers, or as mixtures containing two or more enantiomers or diastereomers in any proportion.
Other variations or modifications, which will be obvious to those skilled in the art, are within the scope and teachings of this invention. This invention is not to be limited except as set forth in the following claims.
Several methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following Schemes and Examples. Starting materials are made according to procedures known in the art or as illustrated herein.
REACTION SCHEMES
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared readily according to the following Schemes and specific examples, or modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are themselves known to those of ordinary skill in this art but are not mentioned in greater detail. The general procedures for making the compounds claimed in this invention can be readily understood and appreciated by one skilled in the art from viewing the following Schemes.
Amine intermediates of type 1.5 can be prepared from one of several intermediates as shown in Scheme 1. This method utilizes diastereoselective Ellman sulfinimine addition chemistry to generate a pair of diastereomeric sulfanamides. The diastereomers are separated by silica chromatography prior to HCl deprotection to give 1.5. Depending on the substrate either the R or S Ellman reagent is utilized to favor the desired alpha methyl amino compound with the preferred stereo configuration shown. Scheme 1
Figure imgf000080_0001
Bicyclic thienopyrazole compounds of type 2.5 can be prepared as outlined in Scheme 2. 3 ,4,5-Tribromo-1H-pyrazole 2.1 is converted to the aldehyde followed by aUcylation with alkyl halides to give 2.2. Aldehyde 2.2 undergoes ring closure to give 2.3 (WO 2006092510). Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords 2Δ, which undergoes Suzuki coupling to give final compounds of type 2.5.
Examples of type 3.5 and 3.6can be prepared as outlined in scheme 3. 3,4,5-Tribromo-1H-pyrazole 3.1 is converted to the aldehyde followed by alkylation with para-methoxybenzyl bromide to give 3.2. Aldehyde 3.2 undergoes ring closure to give 3.3 (WO 2006092510). Thienopynzole 3.3 is arylated with 2,4-difluorophenylboronic acid to afford 3.4.
scheme 2
Figure imgf000081_0001
Removal of the para-methoxybenzyl group with TFA is followed by ester hydrolysis, EDC coupling, and alkylation with alkyl halides or epoxides or arylation with aryl halides to give final compounds of type 3.5 and its regioisomer, 3.6. For some compounds, the order of the final three steps can be rearranged such that alkylation or arylation take place first, followed by ester hydrolysis and amide coupling.
scheme 3
Figure imgf000082_0001
Examples of type 4.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 4. Indazole 4.1 undergoes alkylatjon with a substituted aryl bromide in the presence of CuI (method A) or alkylation with a substitued akyl iodide (method B) to form intermediates of type 4.2. Bromination using NBS followed by Suzuki coupling gives 4.3. Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type 4.4.
Figure imgf000082_0002
Examples of type 5.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 5. Indazole 5.1 is brominated with Br2 followed by arylation with a substituted aryl or heteroaryl bromide to form, intermediates of type 52. Suzuki coupling with aryl or alkenyl boronates gives compounds of type 5.3. An oxidation to further functionalize R6a is followed by ester hydrolysis and EDC coupling to afford compounds of type 5.4 Compounds of sub-embodiment type VII can be prepared analogously by these methods by simply starting with 5-(1H)indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester instead of 6-(1H)indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester. scheme 5
Figure imgf000083_0001
Examples of lype 6.3 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 6. Bromide 6.1 undergoes Suzuki coupling to give 6.2. Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type
6.3. scheme 6
Figure imgf000083_0002
Examples of type 7.4 can be prepared as outlined in scheme 7. Indole 7.1 undergoes alkylation with a substituted aryl bromide in the presence of CuI to form intermediates of type 2.2. Bromination using copper(II) bromide followed by Suzuki coupling gives 7.3. Ester hydrolysis followed by EDC coupling affords final compounds of type 7.4. scheme 7
Figure imgf000084_0001
INTERMEDIATES AND EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided so that the invention might be more fully understood. These examples are illustrative only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.
INTERMEDIATE 1
Figure imgf000084_0002
(1S)-1-(4H- 1 ,2,4-Triazol-3-yl)ethanamine
Step A: Benzyl [ (1S)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-thioxoethyl]carbamate
To a solution of [(15)-2-amino-1-metliyl-2-oxoethyl]carbamate (15.0 g, 67.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (337 mL) was added 2,4-bis-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane 2,4- disulfide (15.01 g, 37.1 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 55 °C. After 1.5 h, the reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Recrystallization from dichloromethane gave the title compound (13.4 g). MS 239.1 (M+ 1).
Step B: Benzyl [ (1S)-1-(4H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl)ethyl] carbamate To a solution of benzyl[(15)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-thioxoethyl]carbamate (13.4 g, 56.2 mmol) in ethanol (1.125 L) was added formic acid hydrazide (20.26 g, 337 mmol) and mercυry(ll) chloride (19.85 g, 73.1 mmol). After 1 h the reaction was filtered and concentrated. Saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and ethyl acetate were added. The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. A solution of the resulting residue in ethanol (1.125 L) was heated to 80 °C. After 16 h, the reaction was concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% dichloromethane — ► 90% dichloromethane / methanol with 1% ammonium hydroxide) gave the title compound (8.7 g). MS 247.1 (M+ 1).
Step C: πSM-(4H-L2.4-Tria∞I-3-yltemanamine
To a solution of benzyl[( IS)-I -(4H-1, 2,4-triazol-3-yl)ethyl]carbamate (8.6 g, 34.9 mmol) in ethanol (140 mL) was added 4 M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (43.7 mL, 175 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (1.858 g, 1.746 mmol) and the mixture was pressurized to 47 psi under hydrogen. After 4 h, the reaction was depressurized and filtered. Concentration gave the title compound as a hydrochloride salt (6.6 g). MS 113.0 (M+l). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.82 (s, I H); 4.67 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 1 H); 1.70 (dd, J= 6.9, 1.0 Hz, 3 H).
INTERMEDIATE 2
Figure imgf000085_0001
(IR)-I -\ 6-( Trifluoromethvπpyridin-3-ylietanamine Step A: 2-methvl-jy-(fl£^-f6-ftrifluoromethvlV3-pvridinvnmethvlene^-2-DroDanesulfinamide
To a solution of 6-(trifiuoromethyl)nicotinaldehyde (45.0 g, 257 mmol) in dichloroethane (640 mL) were added (S)-(-)-2-methyl-2-propanesulfmamide (34.3 g, 283 mmol) and anhydrous copper(II) sulfate (82 g, 514 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C. After 48 h, the mixture cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtered cake was washed with dichloromethane and the filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (76.8g). MS 223.1 (M-tert-butyl +1)
2-Methyl-JV- {( 1 /Z)- 1 -[6-(trifluoromethyl V3-pyridinyl]ethyl } -2-propanesulfinamide To a solution of 2-methyl-JV-{(l£)-[6-(trifluoromethyI)-3-pyridinyI]methyIene}- 2-propanesulfmamide (76.8 g, 276 tnmol) in dichloromethane (920 mL) at -45 °C was added methylmagnesium bromide (3.0 M in tetrahydrofuran; 184 mL, S52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at - 45 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was warmed to -20 °C. Additional methylmagnesium bromide (3.0 M in tetrahydrofuran; 276 mL, 828 mmol) was added at -20 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 0 °C and was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (300 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3x). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrate was recrystallized using ethyl alcohol (500 mL). The title compound was filtered and dried under reduced pressure (41.6 g). MS 295.0 (M+I).
Step C: (IR)-I -f6^Trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl1ethanarnine
To a solution of 2-methyl-Λ^-{(lΛ)-1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl3ethyl}-2- propanesulfinamide (41.6 g, 141 mmol) in methyl alcohol (470 mL) at 0 °C was added hydrogen chloride (4.0 M in dioxane; 106 mL, 424 mmol). After 30 min, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was recrystallized using ethyl alcohol (15 mL) and ether (40 mL). The white solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the hydrochloride salt of the title compound (26.3 g). MS 191.2 (M+l). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDs OD): 5 8.83 (4 J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H); 8.17 (d, J - 8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H); 4.69 (q, J - 6.9 Hz, 1 H); 1.70 (d, J - 6.9 Hz1 3 H).
INTERMEDIATE 3
Figure imgf000086_0001
(1 R)- 1 -f 1 -Oxido-6-f trifluoromethvn-3-pyridinvneihanamine
Step A: tert-ButvI (π^Vl-fό-ftrifluoromethyn-S-pyridinylJethyl} carbamate
To a solution of (lΛ)-1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanamine hydrochloride salt (0.554 g, 0.21 mmol) in dichloromethane (7.0 mL) were added di-tert-bυtyl dicarbonate (0.506g, 2.32 mmol) and triethylamine (0.969 mL, 6.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3x). The combined organics extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound which was used directly in Step B (0.626 g).
Step B: fert-Butyl U l.RVl-π-oxido-e-ftrifluoromethylVS-DyridinyllethvUcarbamate To a solution of tert-butyl {(lΛJ-1-fβ-ttrifluoromethyO-S-pyridinyljeihylJcarbamate (0.626 g, 2.157 mmol) in chloroform (10.0 mL) were added 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-me$hylphenol (24 mg, 0.108 mmol) and 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (0.665 g, 2.70 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate were added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3x). The combined organics extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (75% hexanes/ ethyl acetate → 100% ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (140 mg). MS 307.0 (M+l).
Step C: π-RVl-[l-Oxido-6-(trifluoromethyπ-3-pyridinyl]ethanamine hydrochloride To a solution of tert-butyl {(lΛ)-1-[l-oxido-6-(trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridinyljethyl} carbamate (140 mg, 0.457 mmol) in dioxane (2 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4.0 M in dioxane; 0.343 mL, 1.371 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to give the hydrochloride salt of the title compound (118 mg). MS 207.1 (M+l).
INTERMEDIATE 4
Figure imgf000087_0001
HR'>-1-('3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-yl')ethanamine
Step A: tert-Butyl lϊ lRVl-(3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-ylkthyπcarbamate
To a solution of JV-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-alanine (20 g, 106 mmol), acetamide oxime (17.3 g, 234 mmol) in 120 mL of 1,4-dioxane and 30 mL of N, iV-dimethylformamide were added EDC (44.8 g, 234 mmol). The mixture was heated at 60 °C for 4 h then at 100 "C for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, 300 mL of ethyl acetate was added. The mixture was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (2x). The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% dichloromethane -* 90% dichloromethane/ methanol) to give pure tert-butyl [(lR)-1-(3-methyl-I,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]carbamate (6.0 g). MS 172.1 ((M-/-butyl carbamate+H)+l).
Step B: (lRVl-C3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine
To a solution of tert-butyl [(lR)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadia2θl-5-yl)ethyl]carbamate (6.0 g, 26.4 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) was added 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h. The solution was concentrated and dried by vacuum to give hydrochloride salt of(lR>l-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine (5.1 g). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.90- 4.83 (m, 1 H); 2.41 (s, 3 H); 1.72 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3 H). MS 128.2 (M+l).
INTERMEDIATE S
Figure imgf000088_0001
( IR)-] -( 5-Fluoropyridin-2-vDethanamine Step A: Ethyl 5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxyIate
To a degassed solution of ethyl alcohol (400 mL) in a Parr steel bomb was added sodium acetate (43.3 g, 528 mmol), 2-brorno-5-fluoropyridine (20 g, 114 mmol), 1,1 - bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (2.27 g, 4.09 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (204 mg, 0.91 mmol). The vessel was put under nitrogen and sealed with Parr top. The atmosphere was displaced with carbon monoxide gas and the pressure was adjusted to 300 psi. The mixture was heated to 90 °C. After 3 h, the pressure dropped to below 100 psi. The vessel was cooled to ambient temperature and the reaction was repressurized with carbon monoxide to 300 psi. The vessel was heated to 90 °C for an additional 4 h. The vessel was cooled to ambient temperature and the remaining carbon monoxide was vented. The mixture was concentrated to half of the volume. Ethyl acetate (500 mL) and water (300 mL) were added. The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 70% hexanes/ ethyl acetate) gave the title compound. MS 170.0 (M+l).
Step B: 5-Fluoropyridine-2-carbaldehvde
To a solution of ethyl 5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxylate (25 g, 148 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (250 mL) at -78 C was added dropwise diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.0 M in hexanes; 296 mL, 296 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction was quenched with ethyl alcohol (10 mL). Saturated aqueous sodium potassium tartrate tetrahydrate (1.3 L) was added and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered. The solution mixture (1.4 L) was carried onto the next step without concentration. MS 125.9 (M+I).
Step C: N-r(l-gH5-FluorθDvridin-2-vπmethvlene1-2-methvlpropane-2-sulfinamide To a solution of 5-fluoropyridine-2-carbaldehyde (18.49 g, 148 mmol) in ethyl acetate (850 mL), tetrahydrofuran (250 mL) and hexanes (300 mL) were added (Λ)-(+)-2-methyl-2- propanesulfinamide (19.71 g, 163 mmol) and anhydrous copper(ΪI) sulfate (59.0 g, 370 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtered cake was washed with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% dichloromethane → 98% dichloromethane/ methanol) gave the title compound.
Step D: A^-[ClJgV-I -(5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl'>ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide
To a solution of Λ4(1.5)-(5-fiuoropyridin-2-yl)meΛylene]-2-methylpropane-2- sulfinamide (52.12 g, 228 mmol) in dichloromethane (1000 mL) at -78 °C was added methylmagnesium bromide (3.0 M in tetrahydrofuran; 198 mL, 594 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 30 min, the mixture was cooled down to -78 *C and was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% ethyl acetate) gave the title compound. MS 245 (M+ 1).
Step E: (lJ?Vl-f5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanamine
To a solution of -V-[(l/?)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethyl]-2-methylpropane-2- sulfinamide (34.3 g, 140 mmol) in methyl alcohol (700 mL) at 0 °C was added hydrogen chloride (4.0 M in dioxane; 105 mL, 421 mmol). After 30 min, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was recrytalized using ethyl alcohol (IS mL) and ether (40 mL). The white solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the hydrochloride salt of the title compound. MS 141.1 (M+ 1).
INTERMEDIATE 6
Figure imgf000089_0001
(I RV 1 -(5-Fluoro- 1 -oxidopyrindin-2-yltethanamine
Step A: /erf-Butyl rfl.RVl-(5-fluoropyridin-2-ylkthyl1carbamate
To a solution of the toluene sulfonic acid salt of (1Λ)-1 -(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanamine (7.5 g, 24.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (96 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (7.03 mL, 50.0 mmol) and di-tert-bxityl dicarbonate (6.13 mL, 26.4 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 16 hours, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added. The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration gave the title compound (7.72 g). MS 241.1 (M+l).
Step B: tert-Butyl [HJgVl -(5-fluoro-1-oxidopyridin-2-yπethyl'jcarbainate
To a solution of tert-buryl [(lΛ)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethyl]carbamate (5.77 g, 24.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (96 mL) was added 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (6.51 g, 26.4 mmol). After 4.5 h, excess 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (0.59 g, 2.6 mmol) was added. After 72 h, saturated aqueous sodium sulfite was added. After 1 h, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added. The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% dichloromethane → 90% dichloromethane / methanol with 1% ammonium hydroxide) gave the title compound (5.45 g). MS 257.1 (M+l).
Step C: (l/f>-1-f5-Fluoro-1-oxidopyrindin-2-yπethanamine
To a solution of /erf-butyl [(lΛ)-1-(5-fluoro-1-oxidopyridin-2-yl)ethyI]carbamate (1.47 g, 5.74 mmol) in dichloromethane (28.7 mL) was added 4 M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (43.0 mL, 172 mmol). After 2 h, concentration gave the title compound as a hydrochloride salt (1.396 g). MS 157.1 (M+l). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): 5 8.55 (dd, J= 4.3, 2.4 Hz, 1 H); 7.70 (dd, J= 9.0, 6.7 Hz, I H); 7.52 (ddd, /= 9.1, 7.1, 2.4 Hz, I H); 4.80 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H); 1.74 (ά, J= 7.0 Hz, 3 H).
INTERMEDIATE 7
Figure imgf000090_0001
(lΛ)-1-(5-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)ethanamine
Step A: Benzyl f(l/?Vl-cyanoethyl]carbamate
To a solution of benzyl [(li?)-2-amino-1-methyl-2-oxoethyl]carbamate (10 g, 45 mmol) in 50 mL of N5 N-dimethylformamide was added 2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-triazine (4.15 g, 22.5 mmol). After 2 h, 100 mL of water was added and the mixture was filtered. The solids were washed with 100 mL aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2x) and dried under vacuum to give pure benzyl [(IiJ)-I- cyanoethyljcarbamate (7.2 g). MS 205.2 ((M+l).
Steo B: Benzyl JYlA, 2ZV2-amino-2-f hvdroxviminoV 1 -methvlethvlicarbamate To a solution of benzyl [(lΛ)-1-cyanoethy.]carbamate (2.52 g, 123 τnmol) in βthanol (30 ml) was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride salt ( 0.90 g, 13.0 mmol) and triethylamine (3.43 ml, 24.6 mmol) and the mixture heated to 75 °C. After 16 h, the solution was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in 200 mL of dichloromethane. The mixture was washed with 100 mL of saturated aquoυs sodium bicarbonate (2x) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give benzyl [(1/2, 2Z)-2-amino-2- (hydroxyimino)-1-methyle1hyl]carbamate (2.9 g). MS 238.2 (M+l).
To a solution of benzyl [(\R, 2Z>2-amino-2-(hydroxyimmo)-1-methylethyl]carbamate (2.25 g, 9.48 mmol) in dioxane (80 ml) was added 1 -acetyl- 1H-imidazole (3.13 g, 28.5 mmol) and the mixture heated to 90 °C. After 16 h, the solution was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in 200 mL of dichloromethane. The mixture was washed with 100 mL of aquous saturated sodium bicarbonate (2x) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% dichloromethane → 95% dichloromethane/ methanol) to give the title compound (1.1 g). MS 262.1 (M+l ).
Step D: f lJ?Vl-(5-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-3-yl>ethanamine
To a solution of benzyl [(lΛ)-1-(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)ethyl]carbamate (1.10 g, 4.21 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added 1 M boron trichloride solution in dichloromethane (21.1 mL, 21.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm from 0 °C to 20 °C over 4 h. The solution was quenched by 5 ml of methanol at 0 °C. After warming to ambient temperature, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was washed with 100 mL of diethyl ether (2x) to give the hydrochloride salt of (lR)-1-(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)ethanamine was obtained as solid (0.84 g). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.70-4.61 (m, 1 H); 2.63 (s, 3 H); 1.67 (d, J - 6.9 Hz, 3 H).
INTERMEDIATE 8
Figure imgf000091_0001
( IR)- 1 -[2-f Trifluoromethyπpyrimidin-5-yliethanamine Step A: Ethyl 2-ftrifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate
To a solution of ethyl 4-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (30.2 g, 119.0 mmol) in ethanol (594 mL) under nitrogen were added palladium (10% on carbon, 50% water wet; 2.58g, 1.21 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (50.0 πiL, 286.0 mmol). The mixture stirred under hydrogen (1 atm). After 6 h, the mixture was filtered with Celite. The filtrate was concentrated and ethyl acetate was added. The mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2x), saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (25.6 g). MS 221.1 (M+I).
Step B: 2-fTrifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde
To a solution of ethyl 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (25.5 g, 116.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (580 mL) at -78 °C was slowly added diisobutylaluminium hydride (1.0 M; 130.0 mL, 130.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C. After 2 h, the mixture was quenched via slow addition of hydrochloric acid (2.0 M). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (3x). The combined organic extracts was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (28.2 g).
Step C: 2-Methyl-^(πZ^-f2-ftrifluoromethvnpyrimidin-5-yl1methvlene>Dropane-2-sulfinamide
To a solution of 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (27.2 g, 99 mmol) in dichloroethane (250 mL) was added (Λ)-(+)-2-methyl-2-propanesulfϊnamide (13.3 g, 109.0 mmol) and copper(D) sulfate (31.5 g, 197.0 mmol). The mixture was heated to 50 °C. After 18 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of silica gel. The filtered cake was washed with dichloromethane and the filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (27.3 g). MS 224 [(M+l)-56].
Step D^-Methyl-jy-fd^-1-P-ftrifluoromethvπpyrimidin-S-ylJethyUpropane-Σ-sulfinamide
To a solution of 2-metliyl--V-{(].Z)-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]methylene}propane-2-sulfinamide (14.3 g, 51.2 mmol) in toluene (260 mL) at -70 °C was added methyllithium (1.6 M; 35.0 mL, 56.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 15 min. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3x). The combined organic extracts was dried over NajSQi, filtered and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 35% hexanes / ethyl acetate then 100 % ethyl acetate → 94% ethyl acetate / methanol) gave the title compound (7.23 g). MS 240.0 [(M+I)-56].
Step E: (l.R)-1-f2-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethanamine
To a solution of 2-methyl-iV-{(lΛ)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]ethyl}propane-2-sulfϊnamide (7.23 g, 24.5 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4.0 M in dioxane; 18.S mL, 74.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After I h, the mixture was concentrated to give the title compound (4.6 g).
EXAMPLE 1.2
Figure imgf000093_0001
l-Mefoyl-3-phenyl-#-(π#V146-(frifluoromeftvn^ carboxamide
To a solution of l-metfiyl-B-phenyl-1H-thienoP^-clpyrazole-S-carboxylic acid (25.0 mg, 0.10 mmol), (lΛ)-1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]e1iianamine (22.1 mg, 0.12 mmol), l-(3- dimethylaminopropyI)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (32.5 mg, 0.17 mmol), l-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole (6.6 mg, 48.0 μmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added triethylamine (54.0 μL, 0.39 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir at 50 °C. After 18 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and water (100 μL) and trifluoroacetic acid (100 μL) were added. Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile → 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) gave the trifluoroacetate salt of the title compound (38 mg): ΗRMS [M+l] found = 431.1166. 1H ΝMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dβ ): δ 9.07 (1 H, d, J= 7.27 Hz), 8.83 (1 H, s), 8.37 (1 H, s), 8.09 (1 H, d, ./= 8.25 Hz), 7.95-7.89 (3 H, m), 7.52 (2 H, t, J= 7.57 Hz), 7.41 (1 H, t, J= 7.37 Hz), 5.29-5.22 (1 H, m), 4.01 (3 H, s), 1.58 (3 H, d, ./= 7.06 Hz).
EXAMPLE 1.49
Figure imgf000093_0002
3-f2.4-DifluorophenylVl-f2-hydroxyemylV.V-r(lΛVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-yl'tethvη-l.H- thienor2.3-clpyrazole-5-carboxamide Step A: 3 J-Dibromo-1-(4-methoxyben;yiπH-p\τazole-4-carbaldehyde
3,5-Dibromo-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (987.9 mg, 3.89 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.613 g, 11.67 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformaπiide (39 mL) at 25 °C under Ar. 4-methoxybenzyl bromide (617 μl, 4.28 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 2 h 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiOj, 12O g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-55%). The title compound (1.3342 g, 3.57 mmol, 92 % yield) was recovered as a colorless, very viscous oil. LC-MS [M+l] - 373.1.
Step B: Ethyl 3-bromo-1-f4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-thieno[2.3-c1pyrazole-5-carboxylate
3,5-Dibromo-Η4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (1.3301 g, 3.56 mmol), ethyl thioglycolate (0.419 ml, 3.73 mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.761 g, 7.18 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (35 ml) at 25 °C under Ar in a sealed heavy-walled reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was warmed to 80 °C and allowed to stir for 4 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (40 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 120 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-25%). The title compound (1.2063 g, 3.05 mmol, 86 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 395.2.
Step C: Ethyl S^^-difluorophenylj-l^-methoxybenzyl)-1H-thienoβJ-clpyrazole-S-carboxylate
Ethyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxy late
(1.1422 g, 2.89 mmol), 2,4-diflυorophenylboronic acid (1.867 g, 11.82 mmol), sodium carbonate (1.614 g, 15.23 mmol), and [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(Il) (0.426 g, 0.582 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (14.45 ml) at 25 °C under Ar in a sealed heavy-walled reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C and allowed to stir for 2 h. Cesium carbonate (1.52 g, 4.67 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 120 g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-15%). The title compound (1.0147 g, 2.368 ramol, 82 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 429.3
Step D: Ethyl 3-f2.4-difluorophenvπ-1H-thienQ[2.3-c1pyrazole-S-carboxylate
Ethyl S^^-difluorophenyO-l^-methoxybenzyO-1H-thienoP^-clpyrazole-S- carboxylate (1.0103 g, 2.358 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 1,2-dichloroethane (11.79 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (11.79 ml) at 25 °C in a sealed heavy-walled reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1 x 15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 120 g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-60%). The title compound (719.0 mg, 2.332 mmol, 99 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 309.3.
Step E: 3-(2.4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-thieno[2.3-clpyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate (714.9 mg, 2.319 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (35 mL)/methanol (12 mL) at 25 °C. Sodium hydroxide (9.28 mL, 9.28 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 18 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched with concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.767 mL), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The title compound, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride, (1.1613 g, 2.259 mmol, 97 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 281.2.
Step F: 3-f2.4-DifluorophenylViV-rπJgVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadia2θl-5-ynethylV1H-thienor2.3- c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide
S^^-DifluorophenylJ-1H-thienop.S-cJpyrazole-S-carboxylic acid (964.9 mg, 1.877 mmol, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride), L-(l/?)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethanamine bis-hydrochloride (462.3 mg, 2.311 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (725.4 mg, 3.78 mmol), I-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (129.6 mg, 0.952 mmol), and JV-methylmorphoIine (0.826 mL, 7.51 mmol) were dissolved in JVVV- dimethylformamide (18 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 12O g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-100%). The title compound (556.0 mg, 1.428 mmol, 76 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 390.2
Step G: 3-Q-4-DifluoiOphenylVl-f2-hvdroxyethvn-N-[π.R'>-1-f3-methyl-L2-4-oxadia25θl-5-vnethyl1-1H- thieno[2.3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide
S^^-DifluorophenyO-iV-KlΛVl-tS-methyl-l^Λoxadiazol-S-yOethyll-1H- thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide (203.5 mg, 0.523 mmol) and potassium carbonate (331.5 mg, 2.40 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.20 ml) at 25 °C. 2-Iodoethanol (69 μL, 0.885 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 40 g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-100%). The title compound (129.6 mg, 0.299 mmol, 57.2 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. The undesired regioisomer, 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2-(2- hydroxyethylJ-iV-KljRJ-ΗS-methyl-l^Aoxadiazol-S-yOethyll^H-indazole-ό-carboxamide tSS.l mg, 0.076 mmol, 14.61 % yield), was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. Title compound: ΗRMS [M+l] found = 434.1091. ΗΝMR (400 MHz, CDCh ): δ 7.99-7.89 (m, 1 H); 7.61 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1 H); 7.01-6.91 (m, 2 H); 6.80 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.60-5.51 (m, 1 H); 4.39-4.34 (m, 2 H); 4.15 (d, 7= 5.4 Hz, 2 H); 2.90 (s, 1 H); 2.40 (s, 3 H); 1.70 (d, 7= 7.1 Hz, 3 H). Regioisomer: HRMS [M+l] found 434.1095.
EXAMPLE 1.84&85
Figure imgf000096_0001
3-f2.4-DifluorophenylVl-G-hvdroxybutøn-2-ylV-V-rπJ?Vl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadia2ol-5-yl1>ethvn-1H- thieno[2.3-c}pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Step A: Ethyl 3-f2.4κJifluorophenylVl-f3-hvdroxybufam-2-ylV1H-thieπof2-3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate To a solution of ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-mieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.649 mmol) and potassium carbonate (448 mg, 3.24 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (6.5 mL) was added /røras-dimethyloxirane (140 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 hr. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature. Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C-18, 95% water/acetonitrile → 5% water/acetonitrile with 0.05% ammonium hydroxide) gave the title compound (134 mg). LC-MS [M+l] = 381.2.
Step B: S-fΣ^-DifluorOphenylVl-fS-hydroxybutan-Σ-ylV1H-thienofΣ.S-g^pyrazole-S-carboxylic acid To a solution of ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl>l-(3-hydroxybutan-2-yl)-1H-thieno[2,3- c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate (134 mg, 0.352 mmol) in methanol (3.5 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (1 M, 1.06 mL, 1.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 18 hr. Hydrochloric acid (6M, 0.176 mL, 1.06 mmol) was added. The mixture was concentrated to give the title compound with three equivalents of sodium chloride (181 mg): LC-MS [M+l] = 353.3.
Step G: 3^2.4-DifluorophenylVl-(3-hvdroxybutan-2-vn-./y-fπ/.')-1-(3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5- yπethyl]-1H-thienof2.3-c]p\τaz9iβ-S-rerboxamide
To a solution of 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(3-hydroxybutan-2-yl>1H-thieno[2,3- c]pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid with three equivalents of sodium chloride (140 mg, 0.265 mmol), (lΛ)-1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (63.7 mg, 0.318 mmol, and N-methylmorpholine (33.7 μL, 0.307 mmol) in Λ^V-dimethylformamide (1.3 mL) was added _V-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-Ν'- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (89 mg, 0.464 mmol) and l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (18.1 mg, 0.133 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 1 h. Purification by reverse phase HPLC (C- 18, 95% water/acetonitrile → 5% water/acetonitrile with 0.05% ammonium hydroxide) gave the title compound (105 mg). LC-MS [M+l] found = 462.4. The diastereomers were separated using a ChiralPak AD column (40% hexane/60% ethanol, diethylamine modifier, 5 cm x 50 cm). First eluting diastereomer (38.1 mg): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d* ) δ : 9.34 (1 H, d, J= 7.37 Hz), 8.06 (1 H, d, ./= 3.55 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, td, J= 8.74, 6.61 Hz), 7.49 (1 H, ddd, J= 11.26, 9.19, 2.61 Hz), 7.24 (1 H, td, J= 8.47, 2.61 Hz), 5.39-5.28 (1 H, m), 5.17 (1 H, d, J= 5.30 Hz), 4.44-4.37 (1 H, m), 4.07-3.96 (1 H, m), 2.34 (3 H, s), 1.57 (6 H, dd, J= 15.26, 7.01 Hz), 1.01 (3 H, d, ./= 6.29 Hz). Second eluting diastereomer (38.4 mg): 1H NMR δ (400 MHz, DMSO-dβ ): 9.34 (I H, d, J= 7.35 Hz), 8.07 (1 H, d, J - 3.55 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, td, J= 8.72, 6.64 Hz), 7.49 (1 H, ddd, J= 1 1.25, 9.21, 2.61 Hz), 7.24 (1 H, td, J= 8.50, 2.57 Hz), 5.40-5.28 (1 H, m), 5.17 (1 H, d, J- 4.87 Hz), 4.45-4.36 (1 H, m), 4.07-3.96 (1 H, m), 2.33 (3 H, s), 1.58 (6 H, dd, J= 15.83, 7.01 Hz), 1.01 (3 H, ά, J= 6.29 Hz).
Figure imgf000098_0001
3-f2.4-DifluorophenylViV-rπflVl-(3-methyl-1.2.4-^^^^
^ipvrftyole-5-carboxaιnide
Step A: Ethyl S^^-difluorophenylVl-fpyrazin-1-ylVljH'-thienop.S-clpyrazole-S-carboxylatie
Ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyI>l/ir-thieno[2,3-c]pyra2ole-5-carboxylate (82.0 mg, 0.266 mmol), 2-fluoropyrazine (134.6 mg, 1.372 mmol) and cesium carbonate (263.7 mg, 0.809 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2.60 mL) at 25 °C under Ar. The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C allowed to stir for 2 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiQ2, 40 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-50%). The title compound (55.3 mg, 0.143 mmol, 53.8 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 387.3.
Step B: 3-f2.4-Pifluorophenvπ-1-fpyrazin-2-yl'>-1H-thieno[2.3-c]pyra2Qle-5-carboxylic acid
Ethyl 3-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5- carboxylate (54.0 mg, 0.140 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (900 μl) and methanol (600 μl) at 25 °C. IM sodium hydroxide (559 μl, 0.559 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 50 °C, and stirred for 12 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid (46.2 μL), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The title compound with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride (87.2 mg, 0.139 mmol, 99 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 359.2. Step C: 3-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-lH- thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxamide
3-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)- 1 -(pyrazin-2-yl)- lH-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (43.6 mg, 0.069 mmol, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride), L-(1R)-l-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-yl)ethanamine bis-hydrochloride (17.2 mg, 0.086 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (28.5 mg, 0.149 mmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (5.2 mg, 0.038 tnmol), and N-methylmorpholine (31 μl, 0.282 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (700 μl) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 0.2 mL) and trifiuoroacetic acid (ca 0.2 mL). The reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative ΗPLC (Reverse phase (C- 18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.05% ammonium hydroxide, to give the title compound (21.5 mg, 0.046 mmol, 66.3 % yield) as a white solid. KRMS [M+l] found - 468.1063. !Η ΝMR (500 MHz, CDCl3 ): δ 9.45 (s, 1 H); 8.54-8.46 (m, 2 H); 8.20-8.13 (m, 1 H); 7.74 (d, J- 3.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.10-7.04 (m, 1 H); 7.03-6.97 (m, 1 H); 6.89 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H); 5.63 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.44 (s, 3 H); 1.74 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H).
EXAMPLE 3.1
Figure imgf000099_0001
3 -(2-Chlorophenyl)-N-[( 1 R)- 1 -(3 -methyl- 1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl] - 1 -(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide
Step A: Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate
To a solution of methyl lH-indazole-6-carboxylate (2.0 g, 11.4 mmol) in toluene (1 1.4 mL) was added 4-bromotoluene (2.33 g, 13.6 mmol), tribasic potassium phophate (4.8 g, 22.7 mmol), copper iodide (0.12 g, 0.60 mmol) and trans-(1R,2R)-N,N-bismethyl-l,2-cyclohexanediamine (0.18 mL, 1.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed tube at 120 °C. After 10 min, 4- iodotoluene (3.01 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at 120 °C for another 2 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.76 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 267.1.
Step B: Methyl 3-bromo-1-f4-methylphenyl')-1H-indazole-6-carbo?iylate
Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (2.7075 g, 10.17 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (102 ml) at 25 °C under Ar. Bromine (1.886 ml, 36.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 60 h. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 35 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 25 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 330 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-5%). The title compound (2.8006 g, 7.55 mmol, 74.2 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS [M+l] = 346.1.
Step C: Methyl 3-(2-chlorophenylVl-(4-methylphenylV1H-indazole-6-carboxylatie
To a mixture of methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (0.30 g, 0.87 mmol), 2-chlorophenylboronic acid (0.21 g, 1.34 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.86 g, 2.64 mmol), copper(I)chloride (91.6 mg, 0.93 mmol), l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (51.6 mg, 0.09 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (9.8 mg, 0.04 mmol) under argon was added N,N-dimethylformamide (4.3 mL). The mixture stirred in a sealed tube at 90 °C for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes -→ 95% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (0.25 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 377.2.
Step D: S-fΣ-Chlorophenylj-1-^-methylphenylV1H-indazole-ά-carboxylic acid
To a solution of methyl 3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6- carboxylate (0.25 g, 0.66 mmol) in methanol (1.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (2.9 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (1.0 M, 3.98 mL, 3.98 mmol). The mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and 1.0 M hydrochloric acid (ca 4.0 mL) was added until pH <3. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 7 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.24 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 363.2. Step E: 3-f 2-Chlorophenvn-JV-[f lift- 1 -( 3-methyl-l .2.4-oxadiazol-5-yltethy1H -f 4-methylphenylVl H- indazole-6-carboxamide
To a solution of 3-(2-Ch1orophenyl)-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (20.3 mg, 56.0 μmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL) were added hydrochloride salt of (lΛ)-1-(3-meΛyl-1,2,4κ>xadia2»l-5-γl)ethanamine (14.5 mg, 72.0 μmol), ]-(3-dimethylaminopropyl> 3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (23.4 mg, 0.12 mmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (4.1 mg, 0.03 mmol) and Ν-methylmorpholine (23.0 mg, 0.23 mmol). The mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, and quenched by addition of water (ca 0.2 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (ca 0.2 mL). Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile → 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) gave the trifluoroacetate salt of the title compound (27.4 mg): ΗRMS [M+l] found = 472.1551; 1H ΝMR (500 MHz, CDCh ): δ 8.26 (s, 1H); 7.80 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.69-7.62 (m, 3H); 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H); 7.46-7.39 (m, 2H); 7.36 (d, ./= 7.9 Hz, 2H); 7.09 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H); 5.66-5.59 (m, 1H); 2.44 (s, 3H); 2.40 (s, 3H); 1.72 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 3.6
Figure imgf000101_0001
S^-ChlorophenylVl-isopropyl-iv'-fπ-RVl^-memyl-l^^-oxadiazol-S-ylkthylj-li/'-indazole-ό- carboxamide Step A: Methyl l-isopropyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate
A solution of methyl 1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (1.92 g, 10.9 mmol) and cessium carbonate (7.12 g, 21.8 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (21.8 mL) under argon was heated to 60 °C for 10 min. 2-lodopropane (1.09 mL, 10.9 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 20 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes -→ 70% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (1.33 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 219.2.
Step B: Methyl 3-bromo-1-isopropyl-1H-inda∞le-6-carboxylate To a solution of methyl l-isopropyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (1.3 g, 5.94 tnmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) under argon was added bromine (0.60 mL, 11.64 mmol) and acetic acid (0.10 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h.. The reaction was stopped, and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.74 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 297.2.
Step C: Methyl 3-(2-chlorophenylVl-isopropyl-lff-indazole-6-carboxylate
To a mixture of methyl 3-bromo-1-isopropyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (0.32 g, 1.08 mmol), 2-chlorophenylboronic acid (0.51 g, 3.29 mmol), cessium carbonate (1.15 g, 3.52 mmol), copper(I)chloride (0.1 Ig, 1.09 mmol), l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (61.1 mg, 0.11 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (12.6 mg, 0.06 mmol) under argon was added N,N-dimethylformamide (4.3 mL). The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube at 90 °C for 18 h. After 18 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (4 x 10 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 85% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (0.11 g): LC- MS [M+l] = 329.2.
Step D: S-β-ChlorophenylM-isopropyl-IH-indazole-ά-carboxylic acid
To a solution of methyl 3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-indazole-6- carboxylate (57.7 mg, 0.18 mmol) in methanol (1.1 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.7 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (1.0 M, 1.10 mL, 1.10 mmol). The mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and 1.0 M hydrochloric acid (ca 1.1 mL) was added until pΗ <3. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 7 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (55.0 mg): LC-MS [M+l] = 315.0.
Step E: 3-f2<;hlorophenylVl-isopropyl-.V-[(li,)-1-(3-metliyl-1.2.4-oxadia2ol-5-yl'tethyn-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide
To a solution of 3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (13.3 mg, 42.0 μmol) in ty-V-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL) were added hydrochloride salt of (lΛ)-1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine (10.4 mg, 63.0 μmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (16.2 mg, 85.0 μmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (2.9 mg, 21.0 μmol) and N-methylmorpholine (18.6 uL, 0.17 mmol). The mixture was heated to SO °C and stirred for 30 min. Purification by reverse phase HPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile → 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) gave the bistrifluoroacetate salt of the title compound (12 mg): HRMS [M+l] found = 424.1530; 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.12 (s, 1H); 7.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.63- 7.59 (m, 1H); 7.57-7.53 (m, 1H); 7.49 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.39 (dd, J= 5.9, 3.5 Hz, 2H); 6.84 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H); 5.68-5.61 (m, 1H); 5.03-4.95 (m, 1H); 2.42 (s, 3H); 1.74 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H); 1.67 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 3.142
Figure imgf000103_0001
3-f2.6-Difluorophenvn-Λr-[flΛVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-ynethyl]-1-f4-methylphenvn-1H- indazole-6-carboxamide
Step A: Mettiyl S^.e-difluorophenylVl^-methylphenylVlH-indazole-e-carboxylate
Methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-l/f-indazole-6-carboxylate_(173.7 mg,
0.503 mmol), 2,6-difluorophenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (183.4 mg, 0.764 mmol), CS2CO3 (505.1 mg, 1.550 mmol), copper(I) chloride (52.7 mg, 0.532 mmol), l,l'-bisdiphenylphosphino ferrocene (29.3 mg, 0.053 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (6.5 mg, 0.029 mmol) were placed in a 10-20 mL microwave vial under Ar. N.N-dimethylformamide (2.50 mL) was added and the vessel sealed. The reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C and allowed to stir for 30 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (1 x 15 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep S1O2, 24 g column) on a
CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-10%). The title compound (102.1 mg, 0.270 mmol, 53.6 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 379.2.
Methyl 3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxy late (101.2 mg, 0.267 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1.30 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1.90 mL). IM sodium hydroxide (1.60 mL, 0.267 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to SO °C and allowed to stir for 1.5 h. Reaction stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of IM hydrochloric acid (ca 1.60 mL) till pH<3, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The title compound (199.5 mg, 0.265 mmol, 99 % yield, with 6 equivalents of sodium chloride) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 365.2.
Step C: 3-(2.6-Difluorophenviy;V-rαfl>l-f3-methyl-l ^Λ-oxadiazol-S-yltethviyi^-methylphenyll1H- iπdazole-6-carboxamide
S^.δ-DifluorophenyO-l^-methylphenyO-1H-indazole-β-carboxylic acid (30.0 mg, 0.040 mmol, with 6 equivalents of sodium chloride), (li?>l-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethanamine bis-hydrochloride (12.5 mg, 0.062 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (16.2 mg, 0.085 mmol), 1 -hydroxy- 7-azabenzotriazole (3.4 mg, 0.025 mmol), and iV-methylmorpholine (20 μl, 0.182 mmol) were dissolved in -V,iV-dimethylformamide (500 μl) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 30 min. The reaction was stopped and quenched by addition of water (ca 0.1 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (ca 0.1 mL). The crude reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative ΗPLC (Reverse phase (C- 18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (5-95%), to afford the title compound (16.3 mg, 0.023 mmol, 58.2 % yield) as a white solid. ΗRMS [M+l] = 474.1739. ΗNMR (400 MHz, CDCh ): δ 8.29 (s, 1 H); 7.77 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H); 7.66 (d,7= 8.2 Hz, 2 H); 7.61 (dd,J= 8.5, 1.4 Hz, 1 H); 7.48-7.40 (m, 1 H); 7.38 (d, 7= 8.1 Hz, 2 H); 7.10 (m, 2 H); 6.79 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, I H); 5.62 (m, 1 H); 2.46 (s, 3 H); 2.41 (s, 3 H); 1.73 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H).
EXxAMPLE 3.208
Figure imgf000104_0001
3-fL2-Dihvdroxypropan-2-vn-jv•-^flj^Vl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethvn-1-f4-methylphenvn-1H- indazole-6-carboxamide
Step A:3-Bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid Methyl 3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)- 1 -(4-methylphenyl)- 1H-indazole-6-carboxylate
(156.3 mg, 0.421 mrnol) was dissolved in methanol (1600 μl) and tetrahydrofuran (2500 μl). IM sodium hydroxide (1684 μl, 1.684 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 0.25 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of IM hydrochloric acid (ca 1.7 mL) till pΗ<3, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The title compound (236.8 mg, 0.394 mmol, 94 % yield, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride) recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 331.1.
Step B: 3-Bromo-^fπJgVl-G-memyl-1.2>4-oxadiazQl-5-yl^thviyi-f4-methylphenvn-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide
3-Bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (233.7 mg, 0.389 mmol, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride), (lΛ)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine bis- hydrochloride (94.2 mg, 0.471 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (156.1 mg, 0.814 mmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (28.9 mg, 0.212 mmol), and Λfonethylmorpholine (0.171 mL, 1.554 mmol) were dissolved in -YyV-dimethylformamide (3.800 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 0.5 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (ca 0.5 mL). The reaction mixture purified directly by preparative HPLC (Reverse phase (C-18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid. The product fractions were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (2 x 20 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 15 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (153.9 mg, 0.350 mmol, 90 % yield) as a tan solid. HRMS: [M+l] = 440.0730.
Step C: Λ^-rfl/.Vl-(3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadia2røl-5-vnethyl1-1-f4-methylphenylV3^prop-1-en-2-ylV1H- iπdazole-6-carboxamide
3-Bromo-iV-[( 1Λ)- 1 -(3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-l -(4-methylphenyl)- ]H-indazole-6-carboxamide (155.2 mg, 0.352 mmol), 2-isopropenyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2- dioxaborolane (99 μl, 0.529 mmol), diisopropylamine (99 μl, 0.705 mmol), triphenylphosphine-3,3',311- trisulfonic acid trisodium salt hydrate (24.3 mg, 0.038 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (4.2 mg, 0.019 mmol) were dissolved in N.N-dimethylformamide (1300 μl)/water (400 μl), placed in a sealed tube and heated to 100 °C for 1.5 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride(l x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 24 g column) on a CombiFlash purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-60%). The title compound (102.8 mg, 0.256 mmol, 72.6 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 402.3.
Stey D: 3-n.2-Dihvdroxypropan-2-v1VJ\r-rnJ-VW3-methv1-1.2.4-oxadia2ol-5-yl'tethyl>l-f4- methylpheπylV 1 H-iπdazole-6-carboxamide
^-[(IΛJ-1-CS-mβthyl-l.Σ^-oxadiazol-S-yOethyll-l^-methylphenyl^-Cprop-1- en-2-yl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxamide (40.6 mg, 0.101 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (919 μl)/water (92 μl). N-methylmorpholine oxide (IS.2 mg, 0.130 mmol) was added. Osmium tetroxide (2.5% in n- butanol, 32 μl, 2.SS μmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.S h. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium sulfite (S mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (I x S mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative ΗPLC (reverse phase, C-18), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid. The product fraction was diluted with ethyl acetate (IS mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1:1 mixture of diastereomers) (32.9 mg, 0.076 mmol, 74.7 % yield) as a white solid. ΗRMS: [M+1] = 436.2001. 1H ΝMR (500 MHz, CDCh ): δ 8.15 (s, I H); 8.00 (dd, J= 8.5, 4.7 Hz, 1 H); 7.53-7.46 (m, 3 H); 7.30 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 2 H); 7.13 (d, /= 8.0 Hz, I H); 5.58 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.22 (dd, y= 11.3, 3.3 Hz, I H); 3.78 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1 H); 2.42 (s, 3 H); 2.45-2.28 (m, 3 H); 1.71-1.65 (m, 6 H).
EXAMPLE 3.251
Figure imgf000106_0001
3-f2-Hvdroxypropan-2-vn--V-[flJgVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyl]-1-fthiophen-3-vn-1H- indazole-6-carboxamide
Step A: Methyl 3-bromo-l//-indazole-6-carboxylate
6-(lΗ)-indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.5688 g, 8.90 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.38 g, 13.44 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (89 ml) at 25 °C. Bromine (0.554 ml, 10.75 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 20 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (30 mL) and 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate (30 tnL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x SO mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x SO mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The title compound (2.241 g, 8.79 mmol, 99 % yield) was recovered as a light orange/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 255.2.
Step B: Methyl 3-bromo-1-(ftiophen-3-ylV1H-ωda;∞le-6-(au-boxylate
Methyl 3-bromo-1H-indazoIe-6-carboxylate (1.801 g, 7.06 mmol), 3- bromothiophene (2.00 mL, 21.35 mmol), m»«-1,2-bis(me%lamino)cyclohexane (233 μL, 1.478 mmol),copper(l) iodide (142.8 mg, 0.750 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (3.10 g, 14.60 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (35 ml) in a sealed tube and heated to 120 °C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 3 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (25 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 120 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-35%). The title compound (1.4177 g, 4.20 mmol, 59.5 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 337.0.
Step C: Methyl 3-fprop-1-en-2-ylVl-fthiophen-3-ylMH-indaa)le-6-carboxylate
Metihyl 3-bromo-1-(thiophen-3-yl)-lJΪ-indazole-6-carboxylate (1.414 g, 4.19 mmol), 2-isopropenyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaboro]ane (1.58 ml, 8.41 mmol), diisopropylamine (1.18 ml, 8.40 mmol), triphenylphosphine-3,3',3"-trisulfonic acid trisodium salt hydrate (275.8 mg, 0.431 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (48.3 mg, 0.215 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 ml)/water (5 mL), placed in a sealed tube and heated to 100 °C for 4 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x IS mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 330 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-15%). The title compound (1.0847 g, 3.64 mmol, 87 % yield) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 299.2.
Step D: Methyl S-^Σ-hydroxypropan-Σ-vπ-1-fthiophen-S-ylV1H-indazole-ό-carboxylate
Methyl 3-(prop-1-en-2-yI>l-(thiophen-3-yl>1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (1.0763 g, 3.61 mmol) was dissolved in dimethoxyethane (90 ml)/MeOΗ (90 ml) at 25 °C. Cobalt(II) meso- tetraphenylporphine (25.6 mg, 0.038 mmol) and tetraethylammonium borohydride (1.316 g, 9.07 mmol) were added sequentially. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 1.25 h. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 80 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 80 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 330 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-45%). The title compound (912.2 mg, 2.88 mmol, 80 % yield) was recovered as an orange solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 317.1.
Step E: S-fΣ-Hydroxypropan-Σ-yl)-1-fthiophen-S-vπ-1H-indazole-ό-carboxylic acid
Methyl 3-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-1-(thiophen-3-yl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate (909.8 mg, 2.88 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (17.25 mL) and methanol (11.50 mL) at 25 °C. IM sodium hydroxide (11.50 mL, 11.50 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 50 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 15 min. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.950 mL), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The title compound (804.8 mg, 2.66 mmol, 93 % yield) was recovered as a light orange/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] - 303.2.
Step F: 3-α-Hvdroxypropan-2-ylVN-rfli.Vl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyl1-1-(^miophenO-ylV1H- iπdazole-6-carboxamide
3-(2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl)- 1 -(thiophen-3-yl)- 1 //-indazole-β-carboxylic acid
(457.8 mg, 1.514 mmol), (lΛ)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine bis-hydrochloride (374.3 mg, 1.871 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (600.2 mg, 3.13 mmol), 1- hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (105.3 mg, 0.774 mmol), and iV-methylmorpholine (670 μl, 6.09 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 1 mL) and trifJuoroacetic acid (ca 1 mL). The reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative HPLC (reverse phase (C-18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifiuoracetic acid, to give the title compound (559.5 mg, 1.360 mmol, 90 % yield) as a white solid. HRMS: [M+l] = 412.1452. 1H ΝMR (400 MHz, CDCh ): δ 8.22 (s, 1 H); 8.06 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.54 (dd, 7= 8.5, 1.4 Hz, 1 H); 7.52-7.46 (m, 2 H); 6.89 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1 H); 5.65-5.56 (m, 1 H); 2.83 (s, 1 H); 2.40 (s, 3 H); 1.81 (s, 6 H); 1.73 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H).
EXAMPLE 3.272
Figure imgf000109_0001
Λ^πigyi-ft-Methyl-L2.4-oxadia∞l-5-yl^^ carboxamide
Step A: 3-(Morpholin-4-ylVl-(thiophen-3-y1)-l//-inda2ole-6-carboxylic acid
To a solution of methyl S-bromo-1-Cthiophen-S-yO-1H-indazole-ό-carboxylate (50 mg, 0.148 mmol), morpholine (25.8 μL, 0.297 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (6.8 mg, 7.41 μmol), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (17.7 mg 37.0 μmol) in tert-butanol (1.0 mL) was added sodium fert-butoxide (50.0 mg, 0.519 mmol). The mixture was sealed in a microwave vial and was microwaved at 130 °C for 5 min. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, and it was filtered through a syringe filter. Filtrate was concentrated. Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C- 18, 95% water/ acetonitrile -+• 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) gave the title compound as the trifluoroacetate salt (20 mg). LC-MS [M+ 1] found = 330.2.
Step B: JV-rπ^-1-r3-Methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyll-3-fmorpholin-4-vn-1-ftliiophen-3-vn-1H- iπdazole-6-carboxamide
To a solution of 3-(morphoΗn^-yl)-1-(thiophen-3-yl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (20.0 mg, 45.0 μmol), (lΛ)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (18.1 mg, 90 μmol, and N-methylmorpholine (24.8 μL, 226 μmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (226 μL) were added N- [2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-Ν'-etliylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (15.1 mg, 79.0 μmol), l-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole (3.1 mg, 23 μmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 1 h. Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile —► 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.05% ammonium hydroxide) gave the title compound (19 mg). ΗRMS [M+l] found = 439.1545. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dβ ) δ : 9.37 (1 H, d, J= 7.33 Hz), 8.20 (1 H, s), 8.05 (1 H, d, J= 8.57 Hz), 7.77-7.74 (2 H, m), 7.64 (1 H, dd, J= 8.56, 1.33 Hz), 7.56 (1 H, dd, J= 4.58, 2.12 Hz), 5.43-5.37 (1 H, m), 3.83 (4 H, t, J= 4.39 Hz), 3.43 (4 H, t, 7= 4.39 Hz), 2.33 (3 H, s), 1.64 (3 H, d, J= 7.15 Hz).
EXAMPLE 4.1
Figure imgf000110_0001
3-f2-Chlorophenyl WV-IY 1 R)-\ -( 3-methyl- 1.2.4-oxadiazol-S-yl'tethvn- 1 -f 4-methylphenylV 1H-indazole-S- carboxamide
Step A: Metfayl l^-meroylphenylMH-indazole-S-carboxylate
5-(lΗ)indazole carboxylic acid methyl ester (302.1 mg, 1.715 mmol), 4- iodotoluene (457.2 mg, 2.097 mmol), copper iodide (17.4 mg, 0.091 mmol), trans-], 2- bis(methylamino)cyclohexane (275 μl, 0.348 mmol), and tribasic potassium phosphate (771.4 mg, 3.63 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (1700 μl) at 25 °C under Ar. The reaction mixture was warmed to 120 °C and allowed to stir for 14 h.. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO2, 40 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-65%). The title compound (330.5 mg, 1.241 mmol, 72.4 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 267.3.
Step B: Methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methylphenylV1H-indazole-S-carboxylate
Methyl l-(4-methylphenyl>1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (327.1 mg, 1.228 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (12.300 mL) at 25 °C. Bromine (158 μL, 3.0575 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 20 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiO∑, 40 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-45%). The title compound (407.3 mg, 1.180 mmol, 96 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l ] = 346.1.
Step C: methyl 3-(2-chlorophenylVl-f4-methylphenvπ-1-t-r-indazole-5-carboxylate Methyl 3-bromo-1-(4-methyIphenyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (150.3 mg,
0.435 mmol), 2-chlorophenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (210.4 mg, 0.882 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (5.2 mg, 0.023 mmol), copper(I) chloride (88.5 mg, 0.894 mmol), cesium carbonate (431.8 mg, 1.325 mmol), and l,r-bisdiphenylphosphino ferrocene (26.4 mg, 0.048 mmol) were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (2200 μl) at 25 °C under Ar. The reaction mixture was warmed to 100 °C and allowed to stir for 3 h. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 x 10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude product purified by flash chromatography (RediSep SiOz, 24 g column) on a CombiFlash Rf purification system eluting with ethyl acetate-hexanes (0-30%). The title compound (117.4 mg, 0.312 mmol, 71.6 % yield) was recovered as a light yellow/white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 377.1.
Step D: 3-f2-Chlorophenyl')-1-f4-methylphenyl'>-lH'-indazole-5-carboxylic acid
Methyl 3-<2-chlorophenyl)- 1 -(4-methylphenyl)- 1 H-indazole-5-carboxylate
(115.4 mg, 0.306 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1837 μl) and methanol (1225 μl) at 25 °C. 1 M sodium hydroxide (1225 μl, 1.225 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 50 °C for 25 min. The reaction was stopped, cooled to room temperature, quenched by addition of IM hydrochloric acid (1.225 mL), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The title comopound (171.78 mg, 0.257 mmol, 84 % yield, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride) was recovered as a white solid. LC-MS: [M+l] = 363.2.
Step E: 3-f2-Chlorophenvn--V-fπJgVl-f3-methyl-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-vnethyll-1-f4-methylphenylV1H- indazole-5-carboxamide
3-(2-Chlorophenyl)-l -(4-methylphenyl)- 1H-indazole-5-carboxy lie acid (30.6 mg, 0.046 mmol, with 4 equivalents of sodium chloride), (l/?)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethanamine bis-hydrochloride (13.72 mg, 0.069 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (17.52 mg, 0.091 mmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (3.11 mg, 0.023 mmol), and N- methylmorpholine (20.10 μl, 0.183 mmol) were dissolved in iV.^-dimethylformamide (457 μl) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C and allowed to stir for 10 min. The reaction was stopped, quenched by addition of water (ca 0.2 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (ca 0.2 mL). The reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative ΗPLC (Reverse phase (C- 18)), eluting with acetonitrile/water + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, to give the title compound (16.2 mg, 0.023 mmol, 50.6 % yield) as a white solid. ΗRMS [M+l] = 472.1532. 'Η NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.17 (s, I H); 7.88 (dd, J= 8.9, 1.7 Hz, 1 H); 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.65-7.60 (m, 3 H); 7.56-7.53 (m, 1 H); 7.42-7.38 (m, 2 H); 7.34 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H); 6.79 (d, ./= 7.7 Hz, 1 H); 5.58 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 1 H); 2.42 (s, 3 H); 2.36 (s, 3 H); 1.68 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 3 H).
EXAMPLE 5 4
Figure imgf000112_0001
4-f4-F]uorophenv1Vl-metfav1-Nr4(lJ?V141-oxido-6-ftrifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethyl}-1H-indole-6- carboxamide
Step A: Methyl 4-(4-fluorophenylM-methyl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate
To a mixture of methyl 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-indole-6-carboxylate (0.45 g, 1.69 mmol), (4-fluorophenyl)-boronic acid (0.36g, 2.53 mmol), 3,3',3"-phosphinidynetris (benzensulfonic acid) trisodium salt (81.0 mg, 0.13 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (9.5 mg, 0.04 mmol) and diisopropylamine (0.60 mL, 4.22 mmol) were added N,N-dimethylformamide (6.3 mL) and water (2.1 mL). The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and ethyl acetate was added. The organic layer was washed with water (3 x 10 mL), saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 50% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (0.41 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 284.1.
Step B: 4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-l -methyl- 1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l -methyl- 1H-indole-6-carboxylate
(0.41 mg, 1.45 mmol) in methanol (4.8 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (1.0 M; 4.36 mL, 4.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 45 °C. After 18 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and hydrochloric acid (6.0 M; 0.73 mL, 4.36 mmol) was added. The mixture was concentrated to dryness to give the sodium salt of the title compound (0.61 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 270.1
Step C: 4-f4-Fluorophenvn- 1 -methyl-AT-f f 1 RYl -f l-oxido-6-ftrifluoromethvnpyridin-3-ynethyl } - IH- indole-6-carboxamide
To a solution of sodium salt of 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l -methyl- 1H-indole-6- carboxylic acid (25.0 mg, 56.0 μmmol), hydrochloride salt of (lΛ)-1-[l-oxido-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin- 3-yl]ethanamine (16.4 mg, 67.0 μmol) and W-methylmorpholine (30.9 μL, 0.28 mmol) in N,N~ dimethylformamide (0.56 mL) were added l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (18.9 mg, 98.0 μmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (3.8 mg, 28.1 μmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the mixture was concentrated. Purification by reverse phase HPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile -→ 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% NH4OH) gave the title compound (22.1 mg): HRMS [M+l] found = 458.1491; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.90 (d, ./= 7.3 Hz, 1H); 8.53 (s, 1H); 8.06 (s, 1H); 7.94 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.74 (dd, - 8.4, 5.5 Hz, 2H); 7.69 (s, 1H); 7.59 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H); 7.55 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.40-7.31 (m, 2H); 6.56 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H); 5.27-5.18 (m, 1H); 3.90 (s, 3H); 1.56 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 6.13
Figure imgf000113_0001
3-(2-Chlorophenvn-l -( 4-methylphenyl WV- i( 1 RY 1 -f 1 -oxido-6-f trifluoromethvnpyridin-3-yliethyl} - IH- indole-6-carboxamide
Step A: Methyl l-(4-methylphenylΗH-indole-6-carboxylate
To a mixture of methyl indole-6-carboxylate (2.03 g, 11.6 mmol), 4- bromotoluene (3.56 g, 20.8 mmol), *røjrø-(/#2Λ)-N,N'-bismethyl-1,2-cycIohexane diamine (0.18 mL, 1.14 mmol), copper iodide (0.12 g, 0.60 mmol) and tribasic potassium phosphate (5.50 g, 25.9 mmol) was added toluene (11.5 mL). The mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 180 °C for 10 min. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered with Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 75% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (1.48 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 266.1.
Step B: l-f3-Bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indol-6-yl]ethanone
To a solution of methyl l-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indole-6-carboxylate (2.9 g, 10.9 mmol) in dichloroethane (105 mL) under Ar was added copper(II) bromide (4.89 g, 21.9 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (1.34 g, 33.5 mmol) and silica gel (2.1 g). The mixture was heated to 75 °C. After 2 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered with Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 75% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (3.28 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 344.0.
Step C: Methyl 3-f2-chlorθDhenylVl-f4-methylDhenvπ-1H-indole-6-carboxylate To a mixture of l-[3-bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indol-6-yl]ethanone (0.11 g, 0.31 mmol), 2-chlorophenylboronic acid (73.9 mg, 0.47 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.31 g, 0.94 mmol), copper(I)chloride (32.8 mg, 0.33 mmol), U'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (18.6 mg, 34.0 μmol) and palladjum(ll) acetate (3.5 mg, 16.0 μmol) under Ar was added N,N-dimethylformamide (4.3 mL). The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube at 90 °C for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1 x 15 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes → 95% hexanes /ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (0.11 g): LC-MS [M+l] = 376.0.
Step D: 3-(2-ChlorophenylVl-f4-methylphenylV1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
To a solution of methyl 3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-indole-6- carboxylate (0.11 g, 0.28 mmol) in tetrabydrofuran (2.8 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (2.0 M; 1.40 mL, 2.80 mmol). Water (1.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C. After 18 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and 1.0 M hydrochloric acid was added until pΗ <3. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1 x 10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (98 mg): LC-MS [M+l] = 362.1.
Step E: 3-f2-ChlorophenylVΗ4-methylphenylV.v'-(flJ?Vl-fl-oxido-6-ftrifluoromethyl>pyridin-3- yl]ethvB-1H-indole-6-carboxamide
To a solution of S-φ-chlorophenylJ-1-^-methylphenylΗH-indole-β-carboxylic acid (9.5 mg, 26.0 μmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL) were added hydrochloride salt of (1Λ)-1- [l-oxido-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanamine (7.3 mg, 30.0 μmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide (12.5 mg, 65.0 μmol), l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (2.2 mg, 16.0 μmol) and Ν- methylmorpholine (12.0 μL, 0.1 1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min. Purification by reverse phase ΗPLC (C-18, 95% water/ acetonitrile -→ 5% water/ acetonitrile with 0.1% trifiuoroacetic acid) gave the bistrifluoroacetate salt of the title compound (9.7 mg): ΗRMS [M+ 1] found = 550.1505; 1H ΝMR (500 MHz, CDCh ): δ 8.50 (s, 1H); 8.08 (s, 1H); 7.67 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 3H); 7.61-7.47 (m, 4H); 7.44-7.21 (m, 6H); 6.66 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H); 5.31-5.23 (m, 1H); 2.44 (s, 3H); 1.64 (dd, J= 20.9, 7.1 Hz, 3H).
In vivo rat visceral pain model Male Sprague-Dawley rats, weighing 150 - 18O g (max. range per experiment = 40 g) at the beginning of the experiments. Animals will be delivered to the laboratory at least S days before the experiments during which time they are acclimatized to laboratory conditions. Rats will be housed in groups of 4, S or 6 in macrolon cages (41 x 25 x 14 cm or 44 x 28 x 19 cm) on wood with free access to food and water until tested (or as indicated otherwise). The animal house will be maintained under artificial lighting (12 hours) between 7.00 and 19.00 in a controlled ambient temperature of 21 ± 3°C, and relative humidity maintained at 40-70%. Information related to any clinical signs and mortality will be archived with the study materials.
After overnight food-deprivation, male Sprague-Dawley rats are slightly anesthetized (isoflurane) and injected with 1% acetic acid into the colon (1.5 ml) using a cannula of 5 cm in length. After a recovery period of 75 minutes, rats are again slightly anesthetized (isoflurane) and a latex balloon of 1.5 cm in length tightly attached to a catheter is inserted via the anus into the descending colon and rectum. Anesthesia is then immediately discontinued. 15 minutes later, the test substance is administered p.o. 60 minutes after administration, the balloon is filled with 1.2 ml of water and the number of abdominal contractions is counted for 10 minutes.
10 rats are studied per group. The test is performed blind. The test substance will be evaluated at 3 doses, and compared with the vehicle group. Rats will be euthanized at the end of the experiments by exposure to a mixture of O2/CO2 (20%/80%) followed by CO2. Data will be analyzed by comparing treated groups with vehicle control using Mann Whitney U tests.
In vivo L5 spinal nerve ligation model a. Surgery and post-operative care
For the spinal nerve ligation (SNL) procedure, male Sprague Dawley rats (100-200 g; Harlan) are anesthetized using isoflurane (1-5%; inhalation). Using aseptic technique, a dorsal midline incision is made from approximately spinal nerve L3 to S2. A combination of sharp and blunt dissection is used to expose the L6/S1 posterior interarticular process. The L6 transverse process is visualized and removed, and the L4 and L5 spinal nerves are exposed distal to their emergence from the intervertebral foramina. The L5 nerve is then tightly ligated with 6-0 silk suture. The muscle is closed with 4-0 absorbable suture and the skin is closed with wound clips. Postoperative monitoring is carried out to assure that animals are exposed to the least amount of pain as possible. Animals are housed in pairs on bedding and are monitored (2x) daily for three days post-operatively by Laboratory Animal Resource staff and then daily by investigator for any signs of possible distress. b. Behavioral testing Prior to surgery, rats are tested for pre-surgery mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds by applying a series of calibrated von Frey filaments (0.2S - 15 g) to the left hind paw and determining the median withdrawal threshold using the Dixon "up-down" method (Chaplan et al., J Neurosci Meth 53:55, 1994). Rats are placed in individual plastic chambers on an elevated mesh galvanized steel platform and allowed to acclimate for 60 min. Pre-surgery mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds are determined, and rats having a threshold <15 g are excluded from the study. Following determination of pre-surgery withdrawal thresholds, rats undergo the SNL procedure described above. Between 28-35 days following the surgical procedure, rats are tested for post-surgery thresholds using the procedure described above, and animals displaying a hind paw withdrawal threshold <4.0 g are considered allodynic (i.e. mechanical hypersensitivity). Effects of test compounds on SNL-induced mechanical hypersensitivity are determined by dosing the compound along with a vehicle control group and a group receiving the positive comparator pregabalin (20 mg/kg, p.o.). Efficacy in the SNL model is evaluated by determining the % reversal of mechanical hypersensitivity using the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
At the conclusion of the study, all rats are euthanized using CO2 and plasma and brain tissue are collected for bioanalytical analysis of drug exposures.
In vivo Complete Freunds adjuvant (CFA) model
Male Sprague Dawley rats (300-400 g; Charles River) receive an intradermal injection of CFA (200 υl, 0.5 mg/ml) into the plantar aspect of the left hind paw and are subsequently returned to their cages where they are maintained on soft bedding. 72 hrs following CFA injection rats are tested for post- CFA mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds by wrapping the rat in a towel and placing the hind paw (either left or right) in a modified Randall-Sellito paw pinch apparatus (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL). A plastic bar attached to a lever is placed on the dorsum of the hind paw, and an increasing force is applied to the hind paw until the rat vocalizes or pulls its hind paw away from the bar. The raf s hind paw withdrawal threshold is recorded at that point. The mechanical stimulus is applied to each hind paw 2 times, and the average post-CFA mechanical hind paw withdrawal thresholds are determined for both the IeA and right hind paw. Following determination of post-CFA withdrawal thresholds, rats receive test compound, vehicle, or the positive comparator naproxen (30 mg/kg, p.o.), and effects of compounds on withdrawal thresholds for the inflamed (CFA) hind paw are determined. Efficacy in the CFA model is evaluated by determining the % reversal of mechanical hypersensitivity using the formula:
Figure imgf000117_0001
(post-CFA threshold righ< hmd paw - post-CFA threshold ιβfi hind paw)
At the conclusion of the study, all rats are euthanized using CO2 and plasma and brain tissue are collected for bioanalytical analysis of drug exposures.
Cystometry in normal healthy rats
Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighed 2S0-3S0 g were housed in a temperature- and light (12-h light/dark cycle)-controlled room, and were allowed access to food and water ad libitum. The animals were anesthetized with urethane (1.0 g/kg, i.p.). Supplemental urethane was given if necessarily. A lower abdominal midline incision was made to expose the bladder, and a polyethylene catheter (PE-50) was inserted into the bladder dome for recording the intravesical pressure and intravesical infusion of physiological saline at the rate of 0.05 ml/min. The intravesical pressure was measured using a pressure transducer, and signal was recorded using a multiple channel data acquisition system (Power lab, AD Instruments, Biopac systems, Colorado Springs, CO) at a sampling rate of 10 Hz. After confirming stable inter-micturtion interval and micturition pressure by intravesical infusion of saline, the drugs were administered intravenously (0.25 ml/kg). Intermicturition interval (functional bladder capacity) and micturition pressure (maximum intravesical pressure) were obtained from micturitions prior to dosing (baseline) and between 5 to 30 min after dosing using Chart program (v5.5.4, AD Instruments), and calculated the ratio to baseline.
Cystometry in rat acetic acid-induced hyper-reflexia model Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighed 250-350 g were housed in a temperature- and light (12-h light/dark cycle)-controlled room, and were allowed access to food and water ad libitum. The animals were anesthetized with urethane (1.0 g/kg, i.p.). Supplemental urethane was given if necessarily. A lower abdominal midline incision was made to expose the bladder, and a polyethylene catheter (PE-SO) was inserted into the bladder dome for recording the intravesical pressure and intravesical infusion at the rate of 0.05 ml/min. The intravesical pressure was measured using a pressure transducer, and signal was recorded using a multiple channel data acquisition system (Power lab, AD Instruments, Biopac systems, Colorado Springs, CO) at a sampling rate of 10 Hz. After confirming stable inter-micturtion interval and micturition pressure by intravesical infusion of saline, 0.25% of acetic acid-saline solution was infused at the same infusion rate. After 30-60 min, drugs were intravenously infused using infusion pumps at a rate of 10 μl/rain. Intermicturition interval (functional bladder capacity) and micturition pressure (maximum intravesical pressure) were obtained from micturitions prior to dosing (baseline) and between 30 to 45 min after starting drug infusion using Chart program (v5.5.4, AD Instruments), and calculated the ratio to baseline.
Generation of a Human P2X% andP2Xy} Stable Cell Line - Human P2X3 receptor cDNA (Accession number NM_002559) was subcloned as a 5'XhoI and 3'HindlH fragment into the expression vector pcDNA5/FRT (Invitrogen). Human P2X2 receptor cDNA (Accession number NM_174873) was subcloned as a 5'EcoRI and 3'NotI fragment into the expression vector pIRESneo2 (BD Biosciences Clontech). The human P2X? expression construct was transfected using Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) into Flp-in - 293 cells (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's directions. Cells positive for flp-mediated recombination of rhesus P2X3 were selected using 150 μg/ml hygromycin. The stable human P2Xj cell line was co-transfected with the human P2X2 expression construct using Lipofectamine 2000 as above and co-transfected cells selected using 100 mg/ml hygromycin and 1 mg/ml G418. The stable P2X3 cell line was propagated in DMEM, 10% FBS, 100 μg/ml hygromycin, and 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin, and maintained at 37° and 95% humidity. The stable P2X2/3 cell line was propagated as above with the addition of 500 μg/ml G418.
Intracellular Calcium Measurement to Assess Antagonist Affinity - A fluorescent imaging plate reader (FLIPR; Molecular Devices) was used to monitor intracellular calcium levels using the calcium-chelating dye Fluo-4 (Molecular Probes). The excitation and emission wavelengths used to monitor fluorescence were 488 nm and 530 nm, respectively. Cells expressing either human P2X3 or human P2X2/3 were plated at a density of 20,000 cells/well (20 μl/well) in 384-well black-walled plates approximately 20 hours before beginning the assay. On the day of the assay 20 μl of loading buffer (Hank's balanced salt solution, 2.5 mM CaCl2, 20 mM HEPES, 0.1% BSA, 2.5 mM probenecid, TR-40, Fluo-4, and 138 mM NMDG substituted for NaCl) is added and cells dye-loaded for 60 min in the dark at room temperature. Ten minutes prior to adding agonist, the antagonist was added in a volume of 10 μl and allowed to incubate at room temperature. During this period fluorescence data is collected at 3 sec intervals followed by 10 sec intervals. The agonist, α,β-meATP, is added at a 6x concentration ([α,β-meATP]jjnai = ECso). Following agonist addition fluorescence was measured at S sec intervals and analyzed based on the increase in peak relative fluorescence units (RFU) compared to the basal fluorescence. Peak fluorescence was used to determine the inhibitory effect at each concentration of antagonist by the following equation:
Figure imgf000119_0001
In vitro Electrophysiological Assay - Cells expressing human P2X3 receptors were grown to a confluence of 65-85% 20 to 32 hours prior to assay. The cells were dissociated with trypsin, centrifuged, and resuspended in bath solution at a cell density of 1x106 cells/ml and loaded onto PatchXpress. The bath solution contained 150 mM NaCl, 4 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl2, 1.2 mM MgCl2, 10 mM HEPES, and 11.1 mM glucose, at pH 7.2. The intracellular solution contained either 140 mM K-aspartate, 20 mM NaCl, 5 mM HEPES, 10 mM EGTA, at pH 7.2 or 30 mM CsCl, 5 mM HEPES, 10 mM EGTA, 120 mM CsF, 5 mM NaF, 2 mM MgC12, pH=7.3 with CsOH. Agonist stock solutions were prepared in H2O and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All antagonists were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All experiments were performed on cells under the whole-cell patch clamp configuration at room temperature. Up to 16 individual cells could be patch clamped simultaneously on the PatchXpress instrument. A baseline response was established by repeated CTP (100 μM; for 2 sec.) followed by antagonist incubation for 2 min. in the absence of CTP. After antagonist preincubation 100 μM CTP and antagonist were co-administered to determine the inhibitory effect of the antagonist. These steps were then repeated on the same cell with a range of concentrations of the antagonist. A maximum of five concentrations of antagonist were tested on any individual cell. The control P2X3 current amplitude (ImMcontroi)) was taken as an average of the peak current amplitude from the last two agonist additions prior to incubation with an antagonist. The peak P2X3 current amplitude in the presence of an antagonist (Irøα-tdrag)) was used to calculate the inhibitory effect at each concentration of the antagonist according to the following equation:
Figure imgf000119_0002
Each concentration of an antagonist was tested on at least two independent cells. The concentration of drug required to inhibit P2X3 current by 50% (IC50) was determined by fitting of the Hill equation to the averaged % inhibition data at each concentration: % of Control =100 • (1 + ([Drug3/ICso)p) !
In vitro Electrophysiological Assay for P2X& - P2XM was assayed as above with two protocol modifications: 1) 30 μM α,β-meATP used as agonist; and 2) current amplitude was measured at the end of 2-second agonist application.
Using the assays described herein the compounds of this invention were found to be active for the P2X3 receptor. The compounds of formula I have an IC50 activity of 100 μM or less for the P2X3 receptor. Many of the compounds of formula 1 have an IC5O of less than 200 nM. For example, the compounds below have IC50 < 250 nM in the "Intracellular Calcium Measurement to Assess Antagonist Affinity" assay. In particular, example 1.1 has an IC50 = 46 nM, example 1.16 has an IC5O = 100 nM, example 1.35 has an IC50 = 320 nM, example 2.1 has an IC50 = 63 nM and example 2.3 has an IC50 = 120 nM.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED:
1. A compound of structural formula I:
Figure imgf000121_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and individual enantiomers and diastereomers thereof wherein: A represents thienopyrazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, or regioisomers thereof;
B represents, a bond, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C5-10 heterocyclyl, or C6-10 aryl;
Rl represents H, Cl-6 alkyl, halogen, (CH2)nCF3, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C(R2)2θH, -O-, CN, (CH2)nOR2, NHC(O)R2, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, or Cl-6 alkoxy; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of C1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, (CH2)nCF3,or CN;
R2 represents H, C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH;
R3 represents CR2R4R5, (CHR2)nC3-l0 cycloalkyl, (CHR2)nC6-10 aryl, (CHR2)nC5-io heterocycle, said cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
or R2 and R3 can be combined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a C5-10 heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R4 and R5 independently represent H, (CH2)nOR2, CHF2, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aiyl, C3-IO cycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, CF3, CF2, C(O)l-2R2, or Cl-6 alkyl; said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R6 represents hydrogen, OR2, (CH2)nCF3, halogen, C(R2)2θR2, Cl-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2- 6 alkynyl, C3-IO cycloalkyl, (CH2)nC6-10 coyl (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; Ra represents C1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy., OR2 (CH2)nCF3, -O-, C3.6 cycloalkyl, NR2C(O)R2, C(O)N(R2)2, C(R2)2OR2, C(O)R2, O(CH2)nC(O)N(R2)2, 0(CH2)nC(O)OR2, C(O)Cs-I Oheterocyclyl, NO2, CN, N(R2)2, C(O)OR2, SO2R2, OR2, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, or (CH2)nQ>-10 8^ sa*d alkyl, heterocyclyl and aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of C1-6 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, (CH2)nCF3,or CN; and
n represents 0 to 4.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein B is C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein B is C5-10 heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is thienopyrazolyl,- C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A ,and B is phenyl or pyridyl and is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl portion of the thienopyrazolyl ring.
5. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is indazolyl,-C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A and B is phenyl or pyridyl and is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrazolyl portion of the indazolyl ring.
6. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is indolyl, -C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A and B is phenyl or pyridyl and is attached to a carbon atom on the pyrolyl portion of the indolyl ring.
7. The compound according to claim 1 wherein A is indolyl, -C(O)NR2R3 is attached to a carbon atom on A and B is phenyl or pyridyl and is attached to a carbon atom on the benzyl portion of the indolyl ring.
8 The compound according to claim 1 wherein B is selected from the group consisting of a bond, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, said alkyl, alkenyl and cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
9. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R6 represents C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nphenyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, or pyrimidinyl., all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, R2 is hydrogen and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHRY)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiadiazolyl, (CHRy)nindazopyridyl,, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and wherein Ry represents H, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
10. The compound of claim 1 of formula II:
Figure imgf000123_0001
wherein Rl is H, halogen, CF3, or C1-6 alkyl; Y is CH or N, R? is H; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, optionally substituted C] -6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
11. The compound according to claim 1 of formula HI:
Figure imgf000123_0002
wherein R2 is H; R6 and R6a are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, halogen, (CH2)nC6-10 8^ (CH2)nC5-lO heterocyclyl, said alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CffiϋOnpyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
12. The compound according to claim 1 according to formula IV:
Figure imgf000124_0001
wherein Rl is H, halogen, CF3, or C1-6 alkyl; Y is CH or N, R2 is H; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)nPyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, C1- 6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
13. The compound according to claim 1 according to formula V:
Figure imgf000124_0002
wherein Rl is H, halogen, CF3, or C1-6 alkyl; Y is CH or N, R2 is H; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRY)nθxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3.6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
14. The compound according to claim ] of formula VI:
Figure imgf000125_0001
Vl wherein Rl is H, halogen, CF3, or C1-6 alky]; Y is CH or N, R2 is H; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl, said alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRy)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)npyrazinyl, (CHRY)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRY)nthiazolyl, C1-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3_6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH.
1 S . The compound according to claim 1 of formula VII:
Figure imgf000125_0002
wherein R2 is H; R6 and R6a are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci _6 alkyl, halogen, (CH2)nC6-10 aryl (CH2)nC5-10 heterocyclyl, said alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (CHRY)npyridyl, (CHRY)noxidopyridyl, (CHRY)npyrimidinyl, (CHRy)ntriazolyl, (CHRY)nphenyl, (CHR2)npyrazinyl, (CHRy)npyrazolyl, (CHRy)noxadiazolyl, (CHRy)nthiazolyl, Cl-6 alkyl, and (CHRy)nC3-6 cycloalkyl, all of which are optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra, and Ry represents H, C1-6 alkyl, CF3, OH, said alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra.
16. A compound represented by Tables 1 through 6 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and individual enantiomers and diastereomers thereof.
17. The compound according to claim 16 which is: Table 1
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000126_0002
Figure imgf000127_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000128_0002
Figure imgf000129_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and individual enantiomers and diastereomers thereof.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an inert carrier and an effective amount of a compound according to Claim 1.
19. A method for treating or preventing chronic or acute pain, treating or controlling epilepsy, or enhancing the quality of sleep in a mammalian patient in need thereof comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to formula I in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. The method according to claim 19 further comprising one or more therapeutically active compounds selected from the group consisting of opiate agonists or antagonists, calcium channel antagonists, SHT, 5-HTiA complete or partial receptor agonists or antagonists , sodium channel antagonists, N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor agonists or antagonists, COX-2 selective inhibitors, neurokinin receptor 1 (NKl) antagonists, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and/or selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SSNRI), tricyclic antidepressant drugs, norepinephrine modulators, lithium, valproate, norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), reversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase (RIMAs), alpha- adrenoreceptor antagonists, atypical anti-depressants, benzodiazepines, corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists, neurontin (gabapentin) and pregabalin.
PCT/US2010/027303 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain WO2010111060A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/258,943 US8569512B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2X3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
AU2010229144A AU2010229144B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2X3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
EP10756588.9A EP2411001B1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
ES10756588.9T ES2660892T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2X3 receptor antagonists for pain management
JP2012502098A JP2012521429A (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2X3 receptor antagonist for the treatment of pain
CA2755768A CA2755768A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US21077809P 2009-03-23 2009-03-23
US61/210,778 2009-03-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010111060A1 true WO2010111060A1 (en) 2010-09-30

Family

ID=42781387

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/027303 WO2010111060A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-15 P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US8569512B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2411001B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2012521429A (en)
AU (1) AU2010229144B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2755768A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2660892T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2010111060A1 (en)

Cited By (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130267529A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2013-10-10 Michael Patrick Dillon Indole, indazole and benzimidazole arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US8604052B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2013-12-10 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the WNT signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8618128B1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-12-31 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US8664241B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-03-04 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8697887B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2014-04-15 Samumed, Llc Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US8815897B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2014-08-26 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
JP2014533258A (en) * 2011-11-15 2014-12-11 ゼンション・リミテッドＸｅｎｔｉｏｎ Ｌｉｍｉｔｅｄ Use of thieno [2,3-C] pyrazoles as potassium channel inhibitors
US8946439B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-03 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
EP2905282A1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2015-08-12 AXXAM S.p.A. Substituted thiazole or oxazole as P2X7 receptor antagonists
US9133122B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2015-09-15 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US9475825B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-10-25 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9475807B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-10-25 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9493487B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-11-15 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9540398B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-01-10 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9546185B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-01-17 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9657016B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-05-23 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9738638B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-08-22 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9758531B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-09-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9828369B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2017-11-28 Merck Sharpe & Dohme Corp. Isoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US9877957B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2018-01-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US9908867B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2018-03-06 Samumed, Llc 3-(benzoimidazol-2-yl)-indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signaling pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
CN108368057A (en) * 2015-08-20 2018-08-03 常州捷凯医药科技有限公司 The heterocyclic compound condensed as the pyrazolo of ERK inhibitor
US10072004B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2018-09-11 Samumed, Llc Process for preparing N-(5-(3-(7-(3-fluorophenyl)-3H-imidazo [4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
US10166218B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-01-01 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10188634B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-01-29 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10195185B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-05 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10206909B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10206908B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10226448B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10226453B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10231956B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10285983B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-05-14 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B] pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10285982B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-05-14 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10316039B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2019-06-11 Asana Biosciences, Llc P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 compounds and methods
US10329309B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-06-25 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10350199B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-07-16 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-1h-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
CN110121341A (en) * 2016-11-18 2019-08-13 默沙东公司 Indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride o-acyltransferase 2
US10383861B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-08-20 Sammumed, LLC 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10392383B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-08-27 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10463651B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-11-05 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
US10519169B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-12-31 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10544139B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-01-28 Samumed, Llc Treatment of osteoarthritis
US10568876B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2020-02-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US10604512B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2020-03-31 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
US10758523B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2020-09-01 Samumed, Llc Single-dose, ready-to-use injectable formulations
US10806726B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2020-10-20 Samumed, Llc Methods of using indazole-3-carb oxamides and their use as Wnt/B-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US10947222B2 (en) 2016-11-18 2021-03-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
CN112574180A (en) * 2020-12-30 2021-03-30 浙江工业大学 N-2-pyrimidinyl-3-fluoroindole compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022063205A1 (en) * 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 Aryl formamide compound, preparation method for same, and medicinal uses thereof
US11351149B2 (en) 2020-09-03 2022-06-07 Pfizer Inc. Nitrile-containing antiviral compounds
WO2024059845A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Supramolecular polymer therapeutics and diagnostics

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2210891A1 (en) * 2009-01-26 2010-07-28 Domain Therapeutics New adenosine receptor ligands and uses thereof
EP2673728B1 (en) 2011-02-08 2018-09-12 dacadoo ag System, method and apparatus for the remote analysis of chemical compound microarrays
US9868730B2 (en) 2013-02-18 2018-01-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Kappa opioid receptor selective compounds, compositions, and uses thereof
PL3240785T3 (en) 2014-12-29 2021-12-06 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Small molecule inhibitors of lactate dehydrogenase and methods of use thereof
KR101663277B1 (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-10-06 주식회사 녹십자 Tnik ikk tbk1 pyrazole derivatives as tnik ikk and tbk1 inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
WO2017060202A1 (en) * 2015-10-06 2017-04-13 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Triazole derivatives
CA3013819A1 (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Pharmaxis Ltd. Indole and azaindole haloallylamine derivative inhibitors of lysyl oxidases and uses thereof
AR122092A1 (en) * 2020-05-18 2022-08-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme DIACYLGLYCEROL O-ACILTRANSFERASE 2 INHIBITORS
CN113999211B (en) * 2021-11-23 2022-11-29 郑州大学 Indazole skeleton derivative containing 1,2,3-triazole with specific activity of resisting prostate cancer
WO2024151519A2 (en) * 2023-01-09 2024-07-18 University Of Florida Research Foundatin, Incorporated Pparg modulators

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5037844A (en) * 1989-07-25 1991-08-06 Duphar International Research B.V. Substituted 1H-indazole-3-carboxamides
WO2001012627A1 (en) 1999-08-19 2001-02-22 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteropolycyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
WO2005074922A1 (en) * 2004-02-03 2005-08-18 Pfizer Italia S.R.L. 1H-THIENO[2,3-c]PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2006092510A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-08 Aventis Pharma S.A. Hydrazinocarbonyl-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazoles, preparation method, compositions containing same and use
WO2006119504A2 (en) 2005-05-04 2006-11-09 Renovis, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
WO2007001973A1 (en) 2005-06-28 2007-01-04 Astrazeneca Ab New use
WO2007010553A2 (en) 2005-03-24 2007-01-25 Arrow Coated Products Ltd Combined multi-layered water soluble film and process for producing the same
US20070049609A1 (en) 2005-09-01 2007-03-01 Roche Palo Alto Llc Methods of using diaminopyrimidine P2X3 and P2X2/3 receptor modulators for treatment of respiratory and gastrointestinal diseases
WO2007041087A2 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleic acids encoding a functional mammalian purinoreceptor, p2x3, methods of production and use thereof
US20080004442A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Dillon Michael P Tetrazole-substituted arylamides as P2X3 and P2X2/3 antagonists
WO2008003856A1 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-10 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxamides, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8623429D0 (en) * 1985-10-17 1986-11-05 Ici America Inc Carboximide derivatives
CA2240439A1 (en) * 1995-12-22 1997-07-03 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Novel integrin receptor antagonists
BR9712005A (en) * 1996-09-04 1999-08-24 Pfizer Indazole derivatives and their uses as phosphodiesterase (pde) type IV inhibitors and production of tumor necrosis factor (tnf)
US6897231B2 (en) * 2000-07-31 2005-05-24 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indazole derivatives as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto
US20050009876A1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2005-01-13 Bhagwat Shripad S. Indazole compounds, compositions thereof and methods of treatment therewith
CN1300116C (en) * 2001-04-16 2007-02-14 卫材株式会社 Novel 1H-indazole compound
US7196095B2 (en) * 2001-06-25 2007-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc. (Pyrimidinyl) (phenyl) substituted fused heteroaryl p38 inhibiting and PKG kinase inhibiting compounds
KR101129933B1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2012-03-23 메모리 파마슈티칼스 코포레이션 Indazoles, benzothiazoles, and benzoisothiazoles, and preparation and uses thereof
US20060083714A1 (en) * 2003-01-27 2006-04-20 Warner James M Combination of a pde iv inhibitor and a tnf-alpha antagonist
US7135575B2 (en) * 2003-03-03 2006-11-14 Array Biopharma, Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP4629657B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2011-02-09 ハイ・ポイント・ファーマスーティカルズ、エルエルシー 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 active compound
US20050026984A1 (en) * 2003-07-29 2005-02-03 Aventis Pharma S.A. Substituted thieno [2,3-c] pyrazoles and their use as medicinal products
EP1686949A2 (en) * 2003-11-24 2006-08-09 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis c viral infections and associated diseases
DE102004028862A1 (en) * 2004-06-15 2005-12-29 Merck Patent Gmbh 3-aminoindazoles
ES2437755T3 (en) * 2004-07-01 2014-01-14 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Intermediates for thienopyrazole derivatives that have PDE 7 inhibitory activity
JP4987871B2 (en) * 2005-08-15 2012-07-25 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Piperidine and piperazine derivatives as P2X3 antagonists
US8598168B2 (en) * 2006-04-07 2013-12-03 Methylgene Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
JP2009536622A (en) * 2006-04-25 2009-10-15 ザ クリーブランド クリニック ファウンデーション Antiviral agent that activates RNase L
DE102006032824A1 (en) * 2006-07-14 2008-01-17 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted indazoles
WO2008012571A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Imidazothiazole derivatives as mark inhibitors
US7514433B2 (en) * 2006-08-03 2009-04-07 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 1H-indole-6-yl-piperazin-1-yl-methanone derivatives
CA2672815A1 (en) * 2006-12-15 2008-06-26 Pfizer Products Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives for use in treating abnormal cell growth
US20080260643A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-10-23 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
EP2147914B1 (en) * 2007-04-24 2014-06-04 Shionogi&Co., Ltd. Aminodihydrothiazine derivatives substituted with cyclic groups
AU2008319309B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2012-09-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Llc P2X3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
US7951832B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2011-05-31 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Pyrazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors
JP2011502148A (en) 2007-10-31 2011-01-20 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション P2X3 receptor antagonist for the treatment of pain
WO2009086303A2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-09 University Of Rochester Method for altering the lifespan of eukaryotic organisms
MX2011004570A (en) 2008-10-31 2011-06-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain.

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5037844A (en) * 1989-07-25 1991-08-06 Duphar International Research B.V. Substituted 1H-indazole-3-carboxamides
WO2001012627A1 (en) 1999-08-19 2001-02-22 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteropolycyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
WO2005074922A1 (en) * 2004-02-03 2005-08-18 Pfizer Italia S.R.L. 1H-THIENO[2,3-c]PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2006092510A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-08 Aventis Pharma S.A. Hydrazinocarbonyl-thieno[2,3-c]pyrazoles, preparation method, compositions containing same and use
WO2007010553A2 (en) 2005-03-24 2007-01-25 Arrow Coated Products Ltd Combined multi-layered water soluble film and process for producing the same
WO2006119504A2 (en) 2005-05-04 2006-11-09 Renovis, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
WO2007001973A1 (en) 2005-06-28 2007-01-04 Astrazeneca Ab New use
US20070049609A1 (en) 2005-09-01 2007-03-01 Roche Palo Alto Llc Methods of using diaminopyrimidine P2X3 and P2X2/3 receptor modulators for treatment of respiratory and gastrointestinal diseases
WO2007041087A2 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleic acids encoding a functional mammalian purinoreceptor, p2x3, methods of production and use thereof
US20080004442A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Dillon Michael P Tetrazole-substituted arylamides as P2X3 and P2X2/3 antagonists
WO2008003856A1 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-10 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxamides, preparation method thereof and use of same in therapeutics

Non-Patent Citations (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BLAND-WARD ET AL., DR. J. PHARMACOL, vol. 122, 1997, pages 366 - 371
BO ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 375, 1995, pages 129 - 133
BRAKE ET AL., NATURE, vol. 371, 1994, pages 519 - 523
BUELL ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 15, 1996, pages 55 - 62
BUELL ET AL., EUR. J. NEUROSCI, vol. 8, 1996, pages 2221 - 2228
BUMSTOCK, DRUG DEV. RES., vol. 28, 1993, pages 195 - 206
BURNSTOCK, G., PHARMACOL. REV., vol. 24, 1972, pages 509 - 581
BURNSTOCK, G.: "Cell Membrane Receptor for Drugs and Hormones: A Multidisciplinary Approach", 1978, RAVEN, pages: 107 - 118
CHAPLAN ET AL., J NEUROSCI METH, vol. 53, 1994, pages 55
CHEN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 377, 1995, pages 428 - 430
CHEN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 377, 1995, pages 428 - 431
CHEN ET AL., NEUROREPORT, vol. 10, 1999, pages 2779 - 2782
COLLO ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 16, 1996, pages 2495 - 2507
DORLAND: "Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary 28th Edition,", W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY
DRIESSEN ET AL., BRAIN RES, vol. 666, 1994, pages 182 - 188
G. WYNN ET AL., AM J. PHYSIOL GASTROINTEST LIVER PHYSIOL, vol. 287, 2004, pages G647 - 57
GARCIA-GUZMAN ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 388, 1996, pages 123 - 127
HAMILTON ET AL., BR. J. PHAMACOL., vol. 126, 1999, pages 326 - 332
INGE BROUNS ET AL., AM J. RESPIR CELL MOL BIOL, vol. 23, 2000, pages 52061
LE ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 18, 1998, pages 7152 - 7159
LEWIS ET AL., NATURE, vol. 377, 1995, pages 432 - 435
RALEVIC, V. ET AL., PHARMACOL. REV., vol. 50, 1998, pages 413 - 492
SEGUELA ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 16, 1996, pages 448 - 455
SOTO ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 223, 1996, pages 456 - 460
SOTO ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 93, 1996, pages 3684 - 3688
SURPRENANT ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 272, 1996, pages 735 - 738
TORRES ET AL., MOL. PHARMACOL., vol. 54, 1998, pages 989 - 993
TSUDA ET AL., BR. J. PHARMACOL., vol. 127, 1999, pages 449 - 4S6
TSUDA ET AL., BR. J. PHARMACOL., vol. 128, 1999, pages 1497 - 1504
VALERA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 371, 1994, pages 516 - 519
VULCHANOVA ET AL., NEUROPHARMACOL, vol. 36, 1997, pages 1229 - 1242
W. RONG ET AL., J. NEUROSCI, vol. 23, no. 36, 2003, pages 11315 - 21
WANG ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 220, 1996, pages 196 - 202
X. BIAN ET AL., J. PHYSIOL, vol. 551, no. 1, 2003, pages 309 - 22
Y. YIANGOU ET AL., NEUROKASTROENTEROL MOT, vol. 13, 2001, pages 365 - 69

Cited By (120)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8946439B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-03 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US9133122B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2015-09-15 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US9440956B2 (en) * 2009-06-22 2016-09-13 Roche Palo Alto Llc Indole, indazole and benzimidazole arylamides as P2X3 and P2X2/3 antagonists
US20130267529A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2013-10-10 Michael Patrick Dillon Indole, indazole and benzimidazole arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US9381192B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2016-07-05 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8604052B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2013-12-10 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the WNT signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8703794B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2014-04-22 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US9090613B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2015-07-28 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8822478B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2014-09-02 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the WNT signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US9763927B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2017-09-19 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US10016406B2 (en) 2009-08-10 2018-07-10 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the WNT signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8901150B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2014-12-02 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9855272B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2018-01-02 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10105370B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2018-10-23 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9446035B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2016-09-20 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US8846714B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2014-09-30 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-β]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9067939B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2015-06-30 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US8815897B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2014-08-26 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US11066388B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2021-07-20 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as WNT/B-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US9802916B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2017-10-31 Samumed, Llc Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/beta-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US11780823B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2023-10-10 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US9221793B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2015-12-29 Samumed, Llc Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US8697887B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2014-04-15 Samumed, Llc Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US10464924B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2019-11-05 Samumed, Llc Indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
JP2014533258A (en) * 2011-11-15 2014-12-11 ゼンション・リミテッドＸｅｎｔｉｏｎ Ｌｉｍｉｔｅｄ Use of thieno [2,3-C] pyrazoles as potassium channel inhibitors
US11697649B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2023-07-11 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US9994563B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2018-06-12 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US9199991B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2015-12-01 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the WNT signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US10407425B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2019-09-10 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8664241B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-03-04 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8673936B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-03-18 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8987298B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2015-03-24 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US10947228B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2021-03-16 Samumed, Llc Indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signal pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US8883822B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2014-11-11 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US8618128B1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-12-31 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9012472B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2015-04-21 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9233104B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2016-01-12 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US9586977B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2017-03-07 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10342788B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2019-07-09 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10071086B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2018-09-11 Samumed, Llc 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10183929B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2019-01-22 Samumed, Llc 3-(benzoimidazol-2-yl)-indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signaling pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US10654832B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2020-05-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(benzoimidazol-2-YL)-indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signaling pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US9908867B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2018-03-06 Samumed, Llc 3-(benzoimidazol-2-yl)-indazole inhibitors of the Wnt signaling pathway and therapeutic uses thereof
US10316039B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2019-06-11 Asana Biosciences, Llc P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 compounds and methods
US10544145B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2020-01-28 Asana Biosciences, Llc P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 compounds and methods
US11685736B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2023-06-27 Abs Development 1, Inc. P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 compounds and methods
US10590127B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2020-03-17 Asana Biosciences, Llc P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 compounds and methods
US10167281B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2019-01-01 Axxam S.P.A. Substituted thiazole or oxazole P2X7 receptor antagonists
CN106103432A (en) * 2014-02-05 2016-11-09 阿克萨姆股份公司 The thiazole being replaced or azoles P2X7 receptor antagonist
CN106103432B (en) * 2014-02-05 2019-10-18 阿克萨姆股份公司 Substituted thiazole or oxazole P2X7 receptor antagonist
RU2701858C1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2019-10-02 Акссам С.П.А. Substituted thiazoles or oxazoles as p2x7 receptor antagonists
WO2015118019A1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2015-08-13 Axxam S.P.A. Substituted thiazole or oxazole p2x7 receptor antagonists
US9718812B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2017-08-01 Axxam S.P.A. Substituted thiazole or oxazole P2X7 receptor antagonists
EP2905282A1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2015-08-12 AXXAM S.p.A. Substituted thiazole or oxazole as P2X7 receptor antagonists
US9877957B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2018-01-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US9828369B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2017-11-28 Merck Sharpe & Dohme Corp. Isoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US10568876B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2020-02-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US9493487B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-11-15 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10052331B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2018-08-21 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10131677B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2018-11-20 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9475825B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-10-25 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9475807B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2016-10-25 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10202377B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2019-02-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-benzo[D]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9540398B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-01-10 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10206929B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2019-02-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9546185B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-01-17 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9657016B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-05-23 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9738638B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-08-22 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10596154B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2020-03-24 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10280166B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2019-05-07 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9758531B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-09-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9763951B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-09-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10081631B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2018-09-25 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9844536B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2017-12-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10533020B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2020-01-14 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10526347B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2020-01-07 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US9889140B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2018-02-13 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10023572B2 (en) 2014-09-08 2018-07-17 Samumed, Llc 2-(1h-indazol-3-yl)-3h-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and therapeutic uses thereof
US10329309B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-06-25 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10166218B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-01-01 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10226448B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10383861B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-08-20 Sammumed, LLC 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10188634B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-01-29 Samumed, Llc 3-(3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10463651B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-11-05 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
US10519169B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-12-31 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10350199B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-07-16 Samumed, Llc 3-(1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-1h-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
US10195185B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-05 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10392383B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-08-27 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10206909B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10285982B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-05-14 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10285983B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-05-14 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-B]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-B] pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10231956B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10604512B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2020-03-31 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-indazoles and therapeutic uses thereof
US10206908B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-02-19 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-C]pyridin-2-YL)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-C]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
US10226453B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2019-03-12 Samumed, Llc 3-(1H-indol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-B]pyridines and therapeutic uses thereof
CN108368057A (en) * 2015-08-20 2018-08-03 常州捷凯医药科技有限公司 The heterocyclic compound condensed as the pyrazolo of ERK inhibitor
US10899757B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2021-01-26 Samumed, Llc 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridines and their anti-inflammatory uses thereof
US10882860B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2021-01-05 Samumed, Llc Treatment of osteoarthritis
US11667632B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2023-06-06 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. 2-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridines and their anti-inflammatory uses thereof
US11560378B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2023-01-24 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of osteoarthritis
US10544139B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-01-28 Samumed, Llc Treatment of osteoarthritis
US10072004B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2018-09-11 Samumed, Llc Process for preparing N-(5-(3-(7-(3-fluorophenyl)-3H-imidazo [4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
US12012401B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2024-06-18 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-(5-(3-(7-(3-fluorophenyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
US10633380B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2020-04-28 Samumed, Llc Process for preparing N-(5-(3-(7-(3-fluorophenyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-C]pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
US11684615B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2023-06-27 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of using indazole-3-carboxamides and their use as Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US10806726B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2020-10-20 Samumed, Llc Methods of using indazole-3-carb oxamides and their use as Wnt/B-catenin signaling pathway inhibitors
US10758523B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2020-09-01 Samumed, Llc Single-dose, ready-to-use injectable formulations
US11819499B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2023-11-21 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Single-dose, ready-to-use injectable formulations
US11446288B2 (en) 2016-11-07 2022-09-20 Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. Single-dose, ready-to-use injectable formulations
AU2017360939B2 (en) * 2016-11-18 2022-03-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
CN110121341A (en) * 2016-11-18 2019-08-13 默沙东公司 Indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride o-acyltransferase 2
US11104690B2 (en) 2016-11-18 2021-08-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
US10947222B2 (en) 2016-11-18 2021-03-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride O-acyltransferase 2
EP3541374A4 (en) * 2016-11-18 2020-06-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of diacylglyceride o-acyltransferase 2
US11351149B2 (en) 2020-09-03 2022-06-07 Pfizer Inc. Nitrile-containing antiviral compounds
US11541034B2 (en) 2020-09-03 2023-01-03 Pfizer Inc. Nitrile-containing antiviral compounds
US11452711B2 (en) 2020-09-03 2022-09-27 Pfizer Inc. Nitrile-containing antiviral compounds
WO2022063205A1 (en) * 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 Aryl formamide compound, preparation method for same, and medicinal uses thereof
CN112574180A (en) * 2020-12-30 2021-03-30 浙江工业大学 N-2-pyrimidinyl-3-fluoroindole compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2024059845A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Supramolecular polymer therapeutics and diagnostics

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20120015052A1 (en) 2012-01-19
AU2010229144B2 (en) 2012-07-12
EP2411001A4 (en) 2012-11-21
EP2411001A1 (en) 2012-02-01
AU2010229144A1 (en) 2011-09-08
JP2012521429A (en) 2012-09-13
EP2411001B1 (en) 2018-01-17
ES2660892T3 (en) 2018-03-26
US8569512B2 (en) 2013-10-29
CA2755768A1 (en) 2010-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2411001B1 (en) P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
US9238647B2 (en) P2X3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
EP2358371B1 (en) P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
EP2215048B1 (en) P2x3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
EP2410858B1 (en) P2x3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
US8247401B2 (en) P2X3 receptor antagonists for treatment of pain

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10756588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010229144

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010229144

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100315

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2755768

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012502098

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13258943

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010756588

Country of ref document: EP